Compare commits

..

11 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Zach White
69e5e15ccc use unix lineendings even on windows 2021-01-08 17:21:55 -08:00
Zach White
543e663c68 more robust key label parsing 2021-01-07 21:11:57 -08:00
Zach White
0177fbd65b rearrange to more reliably detect urls 2021-01-07 20:42:37 -08:00
Zach White
7f398eea50 make flake8 happy 2021-01-03 17:31:46 -08:00
Zach White
df85940a47 add a note about additional layouts 2021-01-03 15:23:27 -08:00
Zach White
cd1cfb7c36 Document the new kle2json 2021-01-03 15:18:00 -08:00
Zach White
2ee52e43a7 remove extraneous options 2021-01-03 15:18:00 -08:00
Zach White
63472dfde7 add support for fetching KLE over http 2021-01-03 15:18:00 -08:00
Zach White
2040fe3d8a add support for generating a keymap 2021-01-03 15:18:00 -08:00
Zach White
88cfd3554a add support for writing a default keymap with 2 layers 2021-01-03 15:18:00 -08:00
Zach White
0f8b34771d build an info.json from KLE 2021-01-03 15:18:00 -08:00
4939 changed files with 41709 additions and 112161 deletions

View File

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ on:
push:
branches:
- master
- develop
jobs:
format:
@@ -15,8 +14,6 @@ jobs:
if: github.repository == 'qmk/qmk_firmware'
steps:
- uses: rlespinasse/github-slug-action@v3.x
- uses: actions/checkout@v2
with:
token: ${{ secrets.API_TOKEN_GITHUB }}
@@ -31,17 +28,10 @@ jobs:
bin/qmk pyformat
bin/qmk fileformat
- name: Become QMK Bot
run: |
git config user.name 'QMK Bot'
git config user.email 'hello@qmk.fm'
- name: Create Pull Request
uses: peter-evans/create-pull-request@v3
- name: Commit files
uses: stefanzweifel/git-auto-commit-action@v4
with:
delete-branch: true
branch: bugfix/format_${{ env.GITHUB_REF_SLUG }}
author: QMK Bot <hello@qmk.fm>
committer: QMK Bot <hello@qmk.fm>
commit-message: Format code according to conventions
title: '[CI] Format code according to conventions'
commit_message: Format code according to conventions for $GITHUB_SHA
commit_user_name: QMK Bot
commit_user_email: hello@qmk.fm
commit_author: QMK Bot <hello@qmk.fm>

View File

@@ -27,8 +27,7 @@ def _check_modules(requirements):
line = line.split('#')[0]
module = dict()
module['name'] = line.split('=')[0] if '=' in line else line
module['import'] = module['name'].replace('-', '_')
module['name'] = module['import'] = line.split('=')[0] if '=' in line else line
# Not every module is importable by its own name.
if module['name'] == "pep8-naming":

View File

@@ -20,19 +20,15 @@
# Sets the bootloader defined in the keyboard's/keymap's rules.mk
# Current options:
#
# AVR:
# halfkay PJRC Teensy
# caterina Pro Micro (Sparkfun/generic)
# atmel-dfu Atmel factory DFU
# lufa-dfu LUFA DFU
# qmk-dfu QMK DFU (LUFA + blinkenlight)
# bootloadHID HIDBootFlash compatible (ATmega32A)
# USBasp USBaspLoader (ATmega328P)
# ARM:
# kiibohd Input:Club Kiibohd bootloader (only used on their boards)
# stm32duino STM32Duino (STM32F103x8)
# stm32-dfu STM32 USB DFU in ROM
# apm32-dfu APM32 USB DFU in ROM
# halfkay PJRC Teensy
# caterina Pro Micro (Sparkfun/generic)
# atmel-dfu Atmel factory DFU
# lufa-dfu LUFA DFU
# qmk-dfu QMK DFU (LUFA + blinkenlight)
# bootloadHID HIDBootFlash compatible (ATmega32A)
# USBasp USBaspLoader (ATmega328P)
# kiibohd Input:Club Kiibohd bootloader (only used on their boards)
# stm32duino STM32Duino (STM32F103x8)
#
# BOOTLOADER_SIZE can still be defined manually, but it's recommended
# you add any possible configuration to this list
@@ -40,7 +36,7 @@
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), atmel-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_ATMEL_DFU
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb162 atmega16u2 atmega32u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u4 at90usb646 at90usb647))
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), atmega16u2 atmega32u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u4 at90usb646 at90usb647))
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb1286 at90usb1287))
@@ -50,7 +46,7 @@ endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), lufa-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb162 atmega16u2 atmega32u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u4 at90usb646 at90usb647))
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), atmega16u2 atmega32u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u4 at90usb646 at90usb647))
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb1286 at90usb1287))
@@ -60,7 +56,7 @@ endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), qmk-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_DFU
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb162 atmega16u2 atmega32u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u4 at90usb646 at90usb647))
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), atmega16u2 atmega32u2 atmega16u4 atmega32u4 at90usb646 at90usb647))
BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
endif
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), at90usb1286 at90usb1287))
@@ -99,20 +95,6 @@ ifdef BOOTLOADER_SIZE
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=$(strip $(BOOTLOADER_SIZE))
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), stm32-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_STM32_DFU
# Options to pass to dfu-util when flashing
DFU_ARGS ?= -d 0483:DF11 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave
DFU_SUFFIX_ARGS ?= -v 0483 -p DF11
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), apm32-dfu)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_APM32_DFU
# Options to pass to dfu-util when flashing
DFU_ARGS ?= -d 314B:0106 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave
DFU_SUFFIX_ARGS ?= -v 314B -p 0106
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), kiibohd)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_KIIBOHD
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU_ORIG)), MK20DX128)
@@ -122,10 +104,10 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), kiibohd)
MCU_LDSCRIPT = MK20DX256BLDR8
endif
# Options to pass to dfu-util when flashing
DFU_ARGS = -d 1C11:B007
DFU_SUFFIX_ARGS = -v 1C11 -p B007
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), stm32duino)
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_STM32DUINO
MCU_LDSCRIPT = STM32F103x8_stm32duino_bootloader
@@ -133,7 +115,6 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), stm32duino)
# STM32F103 does NOT have an USB bootloader in ROM (only serial), so setting anything here does not make much sense
STM32_BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS = 0x80000000
# Options to pass to dfu-util when flashing
DFU_ARGS = -d 1EAF:0003 -a 2 -R
DFU_ARGS = -d 1EAF:0003 -a2 -R
DFU_SUFFIX_ARGS = -v 1EAF -p 0003
endif

View File

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
# Pull in rules from info.json
INFO_RULES_MK = $(shell bin/qmk generate-rules-mk --quiet --escape --keyboard $(KEYBOARD) --output $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/rules.mk)
INFO_RULES_MK = $(shell bin/qmk generate-rules-mk --quiet --keyboard $(KEYBOARD) --output $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/rules.mk)
include $(INFO_RULES_MK)
# Check for keymap.json first, so we can regenerate keymap.c
@@ -273,6 +273,26 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h
endif
# Userspace setup and definitions
ifeq ("$(USER_NAME)","")
USER_NAME := $(KEYMAP)
endif
USER_PATH := users/$(USER_NAME)
-include $(USER_PATH)/rules.mk
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/config.h
endif
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
KEYMAP_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(TARGET)
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
endif
# Pull in stuff from info.json
INFO_JSON_FILES :=
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/info.json)","")
@@ -299,36 +319,6 @@ $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/info_config.h: $(INFO_JSON_FILES)
$(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/layouts.h: $(INFO_JSON_FILES)
bin/qmk generate-layouts --quiet --keyboard $(KEYBOARD) --output $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/layouts.h
generated-files: $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/info_config.h $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/layouts.h
.INTERMEDIATE : generated-files
# Userspace setup and definitions
ifeq ("$(USER_NAME)","")
USER_NAME := $(KEYMAP)
endif
USER_PATH := users/$(USER_NAME)
-include $(USER_PATH)/rules.mk
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/config.h
endif
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/post_config.h)","")
POST_CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/post_config.h
endif
# Disable features that a keyboard doesn't support
-include disable_features.mk
# Object files directory
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
# this an empty or blank macro!
KEYMAP_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(TARGET)
ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h)","")
CONFIG_H += $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
endif
# project specific files
SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
$(KEYMAP_C) \
@@ -385,7 +375,7 @@ ALL_CONFIGS := $(PROJECT_CONFIG) $(CONFIG_H)
OUTPUTS := $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT) $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)
$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_SRC := $(SRC)
$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS) $(GFXDEFS) \
-DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_H=\"$(QMK_KEYBOARD_H)\" \
-DQMK_KEYBOARD=\"$(KEYBOARD)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_H=\"$(QMK_KEYBOARD_H)\" -DQMK_KEYBOARD_CONFIG_H=\"$(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h\" \
-DQMK_KEYMAP=\"$(KEYMAP)\" -DQMK_KEYMAP_H=\"$(KEYMAP).h\" -DQMK_KEYMAP_CONFIG_H=\"$(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h\" \
-DQMK_SUBPROJECT -DQMK_SUBPROJECT_H -DQMK_SUBPROJECT_CONFIG_H
$(KEYMAP_OUTPUT)_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS)
@@ -403,16 +393,10 @@ all:
echo "skipped" >&2
endif
build: elf cpfirmware
build: $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/info_config.h $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/layouts.h elf cpfirmware
check-size: build
check-md5: build
objs-size: build
include show_options.mk
include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk
# Ensure we have generated files available for each of the objects
define GEN_FILES
$1: generated-files
endef
$(foreach O,$(OBJ),$(eval $(call GEN_FILES,$(patsubst %.a,%.o,$(O)))))

View File

@@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ SERIAL_PATH := $(QUANTUM_PATH)/serial_link
QUANTUM_SRC += \
$(QUANTUM_DIR)/quantum.c \
$(QUANTUM_DIR)/send_string.c \
$(QUANTUM_DIR)/bitwise.c \
$(QUANTUM_DIR)/led.c \
$(QUANTUM_DIR)/keymap_common.c \
$(QUANTUM_DIR)/keycode_config.c
@@ -26,8 +24,6 @@ QUANTUM_SRC += \
ifeq ($(strip $(DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DDEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes
else ifeq ($(strip $(DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE_ENABLE)), api)
OPT_DEFS += -DDEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(API_SYSEX_ENABLE)), yes)
@@ -38,36 +34,12 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(API_SYSEX_ENABLE)), yes)
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/api.c
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(COMMAND_ENABLE)), yes)
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/command.c
OPT_DEFS += -DCOMMAND_ENABLE
endif
AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no
ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_ENABLE)), yes)
ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
AUDIO_DRIVER ?= dac_basic
ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_DRIVER)), dac_basic)
OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_DRIVER_DAC
else ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_DRIVER)), dac_additive)
OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_DRIVER_DAC
## stm32f2 and above have a usable DAC unit, f1 do not, and need to use pwm instead
else ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_DRIVER)), pwm_software)
OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_DRIVER_PWM
else ifeq ($(strip $(AUDIO_DRIVER)), pwm_hardware)
OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_DRIVER_PWM
endif
else
# fallback for all other platforms is pwm
AUDIO_DRIVER ?= pwm_hardware
OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_DRIVER_PWM
endif
OPT_DEFS += -DAUDIO_ENABLE
MUSIC_ENABLE = yes
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_audio.c
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_clicky.c
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio.c ## common audio code, hardware agnostic
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/driver_$(PLATFORM_KEY)_$(strip $(AUDIO_DRIVER)).c
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/audio_$(PLATFORM_KEY).c
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/voices.c
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/audio/luts.c
endif
@@ -100,10 +72,9 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(VIRTSER_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DVIRTSER_ENABLE
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(MOUSEKEY_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DMOUSEKEY_ENABLE
OPT_DEFS += -DMOUSE_ENABLE
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/mousekey.c
ifeq ($(strip $(FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE)), yes)
OPT_DEFS += -DFAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/fauxclicky.c
endif
ifeq ($(strip $(POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE)), yes)
@@ -162,7 +133,7 @@ else
# This ensures that the EEPROM page buffer fits into RAM
USE_PROCESS_STACKSIZE = 0x600
USE_EXCEPTIONS_STACKSIZE = 0x300
SRC += $(PLATFORM_COMMON_DIR)/eeprom_stm32.c
SRC += $(PLATFORM_COMMON_DIR)/flash_stm32.c
OPT_DEFS += -DEEPROM_EMU_STM32F042x6
@@ -217,6 +188,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
endif
endif
LED_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
VALID_LED_MATRIX_TYPES := IS31FL3731 custom
# TODO: IS31FL3733 IS31FL3737 IS31FL3741
@@ -248,7 +220,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), yes)
$(error "$(RGB_MATRIX_DRIVER)" is not a valid matrix type)
endif
OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_ENABLE
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), atmega16u2 atmega32u2 at90usb162))
ifneq (,$(filter $(MCU), atmega16u2 atmega32u2))
# ATmegaxxU2 does not have hardware MUL instruction - lib8tion must be told to use software multiplication routines
OPT_DEFS += -DLIB8_ATTINY
endif
@@ -509,7 +481,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
# Determine which (if any) transport files are required
ifneq ($(strip $(SPLIT_TRANSPORT)), custom)
QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/transport.c
QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/transport.c
# Functions added via QUANTUM_LIB_SRC are only included in the final binary if they're called.
# Unused functions are pruned away, which is why we can add multiple drivers here without bloat.
ifeq ($(PLATFORM),AVR)
@@ -650,27 +622,3 @@ endif
ifeq ($(strip $(JOYSTICK_ENABLE)), digital)
OPT_DEFS += -DDIGITAL_JOYSTICK_ENABLE
endif
USBPD_ENABLE ?= no
VALID_USBPD_DRIVER_TYPES = custom vendor
USBPD_DRIVER ?= vendor
ifeq ($(strip $(USBPD_ENABLE)), yes)
ifeq ($(filter $(strip $(USBPD_DRIVER)),$(VALID_USBPD_DRIVER_TYPES)),)
$(error USBPD_DRIVER="$(USBPD_DRIVER)" is not a valid USBPD driver)
else
OPT_DEFS += -DUSBPD_ENABLE
ifeq ($(strip $(USBPD_DRIVER)), vendor)
# Vendor-specific implementations
OPT_DEFS += -DUSBPD_VENDOR
ifeq ($(strip $(MCU_SERIES)), STM32G4xx)
OPT_DEFS += -DUSBPD_STM32G4
SRC += usbpd_stm32g4.c
else
$(error There is no vendor-provided USBPD driver available)
endif
else ifeq ($(strip $(USBPD_DRIVER)), custom)
OPT_DEFS += -DUSBPD_CUSTOM
# Board designers can add their own driver to $(SRC)
endif
endif
endif

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
# This file maps keys between `config.h` and `info.json`. It is used by QMK
# to correctly and consistently map back and forth between the two systems.
{
# Format:
# <config.h key>: {"info_key": <info.json key>, ["value_type": <value_type>], ["to_json": <true/false>], ["to_c": <true/false>]}
# value_type: one of "array", "array.int", "int", "hex", "list", "mapping"
# to_json: Default `true`. Set to `false` to exclude this mapping from info.json
# to_c: Default `true`. Set to `false` to exclude this mapping from config.h
# warn_duplicate: Default `true`. Set to `false` to turn off warning when a value exists in both places
"DEBOUNCE": {"info_key": "debounce", "value_type": "int"}
"DEVICE_VER": {"info_key": "usb.device_ver", "value_type": "hex"},
"DESCRIPTION": {"info_key": "keyboard_folder", "to_json": false},
"DIODE_DIRECTION": {"info_key": "diode_direction"},
"LAYOUTS": {"info_key": "layout_aliases", "value_type": "mapping"},
"LED_CAPS_LOCK_PIN": {"info_key": "indicators.caps_lock"},
"LED_NUM_LOCK_PIN": {"info_key": "indicators.num_lock"},
"LED_SCROLL_LOCK_PIN": {"info_key": "indicators.scroll_lock"},
"MANUFACTURER": {"info_key": "manufacturer"},
"RGB_DI_PIN": {"info_key": "rgblight.pin"},
"RGBLED_NUM": {"info_key": "rgblight.led_count", "value_type": "int"},
"RGBLED_SPLIT": {"info_key": "rgblight.split_count", "value_type": "array.int"},
"RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.all", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.alternating", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.breathing", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.christmas", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.knight", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.rainbow_mood", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.rainbow_swirl", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.rgb_test", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.snake", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.static_gradient", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE": {"info_key": "rgblight.animations.twinkle"},
"RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL": {"info_key": "rgblight.max_brightness", "value_type": "int"},
"RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP": {"info_key": "rgblight.hue_steps", "value_type": "int"},
"RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP": {"info_key": "rgblight.saturation_steps", "value_type": "int"},
"RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP": {"info_key": "rgblight.brightness_steps", "value_type": "int"},
"RGBLIGHT_SLEEP": {"info_key": "rgblight.sleep", "value_type": "bool"},
"RGBLIGHT_SPLIT": {"info_key": "rgblight.split", "value_type": "bool"},
"PRODUCT": {"info_key": "keyboard_folder", "to_json": false},
"PRODUCT_ID": {"info_key": "usb.pid", "value_type": "hex"},
"VENDOR_ID": {"info_key": "usb.vid", "value_type": "hex"},
"QMK_ESC_OUTPUT": {"info_key": "qmk_lufa_bootloader.esc_output"},
"QMK_ESC_INPUT": {"info_key": "qmk_lufa_bootloader.esc_input"},
"QMK_LED": {"info_key": "qmk_lufa_bootloader.led"},
"QMK_SPEAKER": {"info_key": "qmk_lufa_bootloader.speaker"}
}

View File

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
# This file maps keys between `rules.mk` and `info.json`. It is used by QMK
# to correctly and consistently map back and forth between the two systems.
{
# Format:
# <rules.mk key>: {"info_key": <info.json key>, ["value_type": <value_type>], ["to_json": <true/false>], ["to_c": <true/false>]}
# value_type: one of "array", "array.int", "int", "list", "hex", "mapping"
# to_json: Default `true`. Set to `false` to exclude this mapping from info.json
# to_c: Default `true`. Set to `false` to exclude this mapping from rules.mk
# warn_duplicate: Default `true`. Set to `false` to turn off warning when a value exists in both places
"BOARD": {"info_key": "board"},
"BOOTLOADER": {"info_key": "bootloader", "warn_duplicate": false},
"LAYOUTS": {"info_key": "community_layouts", "value_type": "list"},
"LED_MATRIX_DRIVER": {"info_key": "led_matrix.driver"},
"MCU": {"info_key": "processor", "warn_duplicate": false},
}

View File

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
{
"allOf": [
{ "$ref": "qmk.keyboard.v1" },
{
"$id": "qmk.api.keyboard.v1",
"keymaps": {
"type": "string"
},
"parse_errors": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"type": "string"
}
},
"parse_warnings": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"type": "string"
}
},
"processor_type": {
"type": "string"
},
"protocol": {
"type": "string"
},
"keyboard_folder": {
"type": "string"
},
"platform": {
"type": "string"
}
}
]
}

View File

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
false

View File

@@ -1,326 +0,0 @@
{
"$schema": "http://json-schema.org/schema#",
"$id": "qmk.keyboard.v1",
"title": "Keyboard Information",
"type": "object",
"properties": {
"keyboard_name": {
"type": "string",
"minLength": 2,
"maxLength": 250
},
"maintainer": {
"type": "string",
"minLength": 2,
"maxLength": 250
},
"manufacturer": {
"type": "string",
"minLength": 2,
"maxLength": 250
},
"url": {
"type": "string",
"format": "uri"
},
"processor": {
"type": "string",
"enum": ["cortex-m0", "cortex-m0plus", "cortex-m3", "cortex-m4", "MKL26Z64", "MK20DX128", "MK20DX256", "STM32F042", "STM32F072", "STM32F103", "STM32F303", "STM32F401", "STM32F411", "STM32G431", "STM32G474", "atmega16u2", "atmega32u2", "atmega16u4", "atmega32u4", "at90usb162", "at90usb646", "at90usb647", "at90usb1286", "at90usb1287", "atmega32a", "atmega328p", "atmega328", "attiny85", "unknown"]
},
"board": {
"type": "string",
"minLength": 2,
"pattern": "^[a-zA-Z_][0-9a-zA-Z_]*$"
},
"bootloader": {
"type": "string",
"enum": ["atmel-dfu", "bootloadHID", "caterina", "halfkay", "kiibohd", "lufa-dfu", "lufa-ms", "micronucleus", "qmk-dfu", "stm32-dfu", "stm32duino", "unknown", "USBasp"]
},
"diode_direction": {
"type": "string",
"enum": ["COL2ROW", "ROW2COL"]
},
"debounce": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"height": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0.25
},
"width": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0.25
},
"community_layouts": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"type": "string",
"minLength": 2,
"pattern": "^[0-9a-z_]*$"
}
},
"features": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": {"type": "boolean"}
},
"indicators": {
"type": "object",
"properties": {
"caps_lock": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
"num_lock": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
"scroll_lock": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
}
}
},
"layout_aliases": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": {
"oneOf": [
{
"type": "string",
"enum": ["LAYOUT", "LAYOUT_planck_1x2uC"]
},
{
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^LAYOUT_[0-9a-z_]*$"
}
]
}
},
"layouts": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": false,
"properties": {
"filename": {
"type": "string"
},
"c_macro": {
"type": "boolean"
},
"key_count": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"layout": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": false,
"properties": {
"label": {"type": "string"},
"matrix": {
"type": "array",
"minItems": 2,
"maxItems": 2,
"items": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
}
},
"h": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0.25
},
"r": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0
},
"rx": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0
},
"ry": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0
},
"w": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0.25
},
"x": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0
},
"y": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0
}
}
}
}
}
}
},
"matrix_pins": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": false,
"properties": {
"direct": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"oneOf": [
{
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
{
"type": "number",
"multipleOf": 1
},
{
"type": "null"
}
]
}
}
},
"cols": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"oneOf": [
{
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
{
"type": "number",
"multipleOf": 1
},
{
"type": "null"
}
]
}
},
"rows": {
"type": "array",
"items": {
"oneOf": [
{
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
{
"type": "number",
"multipleOf": 1
},
{
"type": "null"
}
]
}
}
}
},
"rgblight": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": false,
"properties": {
"animations": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": {
"type": "boolean"
}
},
"brightness_steps": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"hue_steps": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"led_count": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"max_brightness": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"max": 255,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"pin": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
"saturation_steps": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
},
"sleep": {"type": "boolean"},
"split": {"type": "boolean"},
"split_count": {
"type": "array",
"minLength": 2,
"maxLength": 2,
"items": {
"type": "number",
"min": 0,
"multipleOf": 1
}
}
}
},
"usb": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": false,
"properties": {
"device_ver": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[0-9A-F]x[0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F]"
},
"pid": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[0-9A-F]x[0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F]"
},
"vid": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[0-9A-F]x[0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F][0-9A-F]"
}
}
},
"qmk_lufa_bootloader": {
"type": "object",
"additionalProperties": false,
"properties": {
"esc_output": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
"esc_input": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
"led": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
},
"speaker": {
"type": "string",
"pattern": "^[A-K]\\d{1,2}$"
}
}
}
}
}

View File

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
true

View File

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# Unconditionally disable features that a keyboard advertises it doesn't support
FEATURE_NAMES :=
FEATURE_NAMES += ADAFRUIT_BLE
FEATURE_NAMES += AUDIO
FEATURE_NAMES += BACKLIGHT
FEATURE_NAMES += BLUETOOTH
FEATURE_NAMES += DIP_SWITCH
FEATURE_NAMES += DYNAMIC_KEYMAP
FEATURE_NAMES += ENCODER
FEATURE_NAMES += HAPTIC
FEATURE_NAMES += HD44780
FEATURE_NAMES += IOS_DEVICE
FEATURE_NAMES += LCD_BACKLIGHT
FEATURE_NAMES += LCD
FEATURE_NAMES += OLED
FEATURE_NAMES += POINTING_DEVICE
FEATURE_NAMES += PRINTING
FEATURE_NAMES += PS2_MOUSE
FEATURE_NAMES += RGBLIGHT
FEATURE_NAMES += RGB_MATRIX
FEATURE_NAMES += SLEEP_LED
FEATURE_NAMES += SERIAL_LINK
FEATURE_NAMES += STENO
FEATURE_NAMES += SWAP_HANDS
FEATURE_NAMES += VISUALIZER
FEATURE_NAMES += WATCHDOG
FEATURE_NAMES += XT
$(foreach AFEATURE,$(FEATURE_NAMES),\
$(if $(filter $($(AFEATURE)_SUPPORTED),no),$(eval $(AFEATURE)_ENABLE=no)))

View File

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
# QMK Breaking Changes - 2021 February 27 Changelog
## Changes Requiring User Action
The following keyboards have had their source moved within QMK:
Old Keyboard Name | New Keyboard Name
:---------------- | :----------------
bear_65 | jacky_studio/bear_65
s7_elephant/rev1 | jacky_studio/s7_elephant/rev1
s7_elephant/rev2 | jacky_studio/s7_elephant/rev2
aplx6 | aplyard/aplx6/rev1
southpaw75 | fr4/southpaw75
The [Aplyard Aplx6 rev2](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/0.12.0/keyboards/aplyard/aplx6/rev1) and the [FR4Boards Unix60](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/0.12.0/keyboards/fr4/unix60) have also been added as part of these changes.
Additionally, the `handwired/bluepill/bluepill70` keyboard has been removed.
## Core Changes
### ChibiOS Update and Config Migration
QMK's ChibiOS and ChibiOS-Contrib submodules have been updated to version 20.3.2.
Along with this, QMK now provides default configuration files for all commonly-supported ARM microcontrollers running on ChibiOS. As such, keyboards are now only required to define settings which differ from the defaults, thereby reducing the size of pull requests for keyboards running atop ChibiOS.
### QMK Infrastructure and Internals
Python is now required to build QMK. The minimum Python version has been increased to 3.7.
The power of `info.json` has been massively expanded. Most keyboard parameters can now be expressed in `info.json` instead of `config.h`/`rules.mk`. This should make maintaining keyboards easier, and will enable tooling that can allow non-technical users to add and maintain QMK keyboards without writing any code.
To ease migration a new command has been provided, `qmk generate-info-json -kb <keyboard>`. You can use this command to generate a complete `info.json` file for a keyboard and then remove the duplicate information from `config.h` and `rules.mk`.
Detailed example showing how to generate a new info.json and identify duplicate keys:
```
user@hostname:~/qmk_firmware/keyboards/lets_split:0$ qmk generate-info-json > new-info.json
user@hostname:~/qmk_firmware/keyboards/lets_split:0$ mv new-info.json info.json
user@hostname:~/qmk_firmware/keyboards/lets_split:0$ qmk info
⚠ lets_split/rev2: DEBOUNCE in config.h is overwriting debounce in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: DEVICE_VER in config.h is overwriting usb.device_ver in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: DIODE_DIRECTION in config.h is overwriting diode_direction in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: MANUFACTURER in config.h is overwriting manufacturer in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: RGB_DI_PIN in config.h is overwriting rgblight.pin in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: RGBLED_NUM in config.h is overwriting rgblight.led_count in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: PRODUCT_ID in config.h is overwriting usb.pid in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: VENDOR_ID in config.h is overwriting usb.vid in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Matrix pins are specified in both info.json and config.h, the config.h values win.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: LAYOUTS in rules.mk is overwriting community_layouts in info.json
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature bootmagic is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature mousekey is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature extrakey is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature console is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature command is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature nkro is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature backlight is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature midi is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature audio is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature unicode is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature bluetooth is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature rgblight is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
⚠ lets_split/rev2: Feature sleep_led is specified in both info.json and rules.mk, the rules.mk value wins.
Keyboard Name: Let's Split
Manufacturer: Wootpatoot
Website:
Maintainer: QMK Community
Keyboard Folder: lets_split/rev2
Layouts: LAYOUT, LAYOUT_ortho_4x12
Size: 13 x 4
Processor: atmega32u4
Bootloader: caterina
```
## Detailed Change List
### Changes Requiring User Action
* Refactor Jacky's boards (Bear65 and S7 Elephant) ([#10528](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10528), [#11981](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11981))
* Remove handwired/bluepill ([#11415](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11415))
* Aplyard Aplx6 Added rev2 & move rev1+rev2 to parent folder ([#10973](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10973))
* added `unix60`, moved together with `southpaw75` into `fr4` folder ([#11195](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11195))
### Fixes
* GCC 10 can now compile Drop Alt firmware ([#9485](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/9485))
* Fix compiling on `develop` branch ([#11409](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11409))
* Fix broken keyboards and keymaps ([#11412](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11412), [#11427](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11427), [#11448](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11448), [#11447](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11447), [#11473](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11473), [#11584](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11584), [#11600](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11600))
* Fixed up build dependencies so that generated files are made available before compiling any object files ([#11435](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11435))
* Formatting fixes ([`378edd9`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/commit/378edd9491f2ab0d3d8a970c9a8e64bc03ca15cf), [#11594](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11594), [`27749e1`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/commit/27749e1c967c02c05e62a89a0ae2776dd7e5158c))
* Include `stdbool.h` in `uart.h` to fix compiler errors ([#11728](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11728))
* Decouple USB events from the USB interrupt handler in ChibiOS ([#10437](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10437))
* Fixes an issue while using Backlight and External EEPROM at the same time that would cause the MCU to lock up.
* Address wake from sleep instability ([#11450](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11450))
* Fix pressing media key on a momentarily activated layer may lead to missing key up events ([#11162](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11162))
* Fix an RGB initialisation bug on Massdrop keyboards ([#12022](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/12022))
* Fix file encoding errors on Windows, and layouts not correctly merging into info.json ([#12039](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/12039))
### Additions and Enhancements
* Allow configuration of serial USART timeout ([#11057](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11057))
* Added Sync Timer feature for Split Common keyboards ([#10997](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10997))
* Add modifier state to the Split Common transport ([#10400](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10400))
* Add Pix keyboard by sendz (`sendyyeah/pix`) ([#11154](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11154))
* Implement option for kinetic mouse movement algorithm for mouse keys ([#6739](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/6739))
* Improved Language Specific Keycodes for US International and Extended Layouts ([#11307](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11307))
* Modified `QWIIC_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to be yes/no choice, adding `QWIIC_DRIVERS` to allow for inclusion of specific drivers ([#11426](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11426))
* Allow AVR-based keyboards to override the `bootloader_jump` function ([#11418](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11418))
* Refine RGBLight Twinkle effect to be smoother (use breathing curve) ([#11350](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11350))
* Keep track of last matrix activity ([#10730](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10730), [`ab375d3`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/commit/ab375d3d075c105f09a1ddd0e155f178225518bc), [#11552](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11552))
* fix `matrix_io_delay()` timing in `quantum/matrix.c` ([#9603](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/9603))
* Keep track of encoder activity ([#11595](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11595))
* Backport ChibiOS Audio changes from ZSA ([#11687](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11687))
* Add support for 8 buttons to mouse report ([#10807](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10807))
* Allow `post_config.h` to be implemented in userspace ([#11519](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11519))
* Adds AT90USB162 support ([#11570](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11570))
* Stop sounds when suspended ([#11553](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11553))
* Revamp spidey3 userspace and keymaps ([#11768](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11768))
* Add support for analog USBPD on STM32G4xx ([#11824](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11824))
* Master matrix can now be transported to the slave side in Split Common keyboards ([#11046](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11046))
* RGBLight: Allow configurable default settings ([#11912](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11912))
* Add `tap_code_delay(code, delay)` ([#11913](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11913), [#11938](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11938))
### Clean-ups and Optimizations
* Fix duplicate `I2C_KEYMAP_START` define ([#11237](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11237))
* Rewrite APA102 support for RGBLight ([#10894](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10894))
* Update ADB Protocol implementation in TMK Core ([#11168](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11168))
* Remove unused `action_get_macro()` usages in user files ([#11165](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11165))
* Remove `QMK_KEYBOARD_CONFIG_H` ([#11576](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11576))
* Remove duplicated housekeeping in `arm_atsam` ([#11672](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11672))
* UART driver refactor ([#11637](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11637))
* Move `transport.c` to `QUANTUM_LIB_SRC` ([#11751](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11751))
* Remove `MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT` from user keymaps ([#11750](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11750))
* Remove legacy print backward compatiblitly ([#11805](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11805))
* Migrate mousekey to quantum ([#11804](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11804))
* remove deprecated `qmk json-keymap` ([#11823](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11823))
* Remove FAUXCLICKY feature (deprecated) ([#11829](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11829))
* Refactor platform logic within `print.h` ([#11863](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11863))
* Audio system overhaul ([#11820](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11820))
* Output selection: Remove "USB and BT" option for Bluetooth ([#11940](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11940))
* `tmk_core/common/action.c`: refactor for code size; merge multiple `case`s into one ([#11943](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11943))
* Remove rules and settings from user keymaps that are already defined at keyboard level ([#11966](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11966))
### QMK Infrastructure and Internals
* bump to python 3.7 ([#11408](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11408))
* `develop` branch is now formatted as part of CI tasks ([#11893](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11893), [#11905](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11905), [#11907](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11907), [#11928](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11928), [#11936](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11936))
* Configure keyboard matrix from info.json ([#10817](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10817))
* Validate our JSON data using json_schema ([#11101](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11101))
* Use the schema to eliminate custom code ([#11108](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11108))
* Add support for specifying BOARD in `info.json` ([#11492](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11492))
* Document how to add data driven configurations ([#11502](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11502))
* Process info.json rules ahead of userspace rules ([#11542](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11542))
* Remove duplicate manufacturer definitions ([#11544](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11544))
* Update list of MCUs in `keyboard.jsonschema` to mirror `qmk.constants.py` ([#11688](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11688))
* Create a system to map between `info.json` and `config.h`/`rules.mk` ([#11548](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11548))
* Make LAYOUT parsing more robust ([#12000](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/12000))
### ChibiOS Update and Config Migration
* Add board specific to Proton-C, with usual defaults turned on to match Pro-Micro ([#10976](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10976))
* Disable almost all ChibiOS subsystems in default configs ([#11111](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11111))
* Config Migrations ([#10418](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/10418), [#11123](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11123), [#11261](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11261), [#11413](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11413), [#11414](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11414), [#11495](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11495), [#11504](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11504), [#11529](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11529), [#11588](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11588), [#11598](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11598), [#11607](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11607), [#11617](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11617), [#11620](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11620), [#11630](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11630), [#11646](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11646), [#11689](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11689), [#11846](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11846), [#11927](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11927), [#12001](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/12001))
* Disable subsystems repo-wide ([#11449](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11449))
* Leftover early initialisation conversions ([#11615](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11615))
* Fix up comments showing how to execute config migration ([#11621](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11621))
* Add STM32G431 and STM32G474 board definitions ([#11793](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/11793))

View File

@@ -1,20 +1,26 @@
# Quantum Mechanical Keyboard Firmware
[![Current Version](https://img.shields.io/github/tag/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tags)
[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
[![Discord](https://img.shields.io/discord/440868230475677696.svg)](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
[![Docs Status](https://img.shields.io/badge/docs-ready-orange.svg)](https://docs.qmk.fm)
[![GitHub contributors](https://img.shields.io/github/contributors/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulse/monthly)
[![GitHub forks](https://img.shields.io/github/forks/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?style=social&label=Fork)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/)
## What is QMK Firmware?
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) is an open source community centered around developing computer input devices. The community encompasses all sorts of input devices, such as keyboards, mice, and MIDI devices. A core group of collaborators maintains [QMK Firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm), [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox), [qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm), and this documentation with the help of community members like you.
## Get Started
<div class="flex-container">
Totally new to QMK? There are two ways to get started:
?> **Basic** [QMK Configurator](newbs_building_firmware_configurator.md) <br>
User friendly graphical interfaces, no programming knowledge required.
?> **Advanced** [Use The Source](newbs.md) <br>
More powerful, but harder to use.
</div>
* Basic: [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm)
* Just select your keyboard from the dropdown and program your keyboard.
* We have an [introductory video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-imgglzDMdY) you can watch.
* There is also an overview [document you can read](newbs_building_firmware_configurator.md).
* Advanced: [Use The Source](newbs.md)
* More powerful, but harder to use
## Make It Yours

View File

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
* [Setup](newbs_getting_started.md)
* [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
* [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
* [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
* [Getting Help/Support](support.md)
* [Other Resources](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
* [Syllabus](syllabus.md)
@@ -10,8 +11,7 @@
* FAQs
* [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
* [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
* [Troubleshooting QMK](faq_misc.md)
* [Debugging QMK](faq_debug.md)
* [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
* [Keymap FAQ](faq_keymap.md)
* [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
* QMK API
* [Overview](api_overview.md)
* [API Documentation](api_docs.md)
* [KLE To info.json](kle2json_guide.md)
* [Keyboard Support](reference_configurator_support.md)
* [Adding Default Keymaps](configurator_default_keymaps.md)
@@ -119,8 +120,12 @@
* Breaking Changes
* [Overview](breaking_changes.md)
* [My Pull Request Was Flagged](breaking_changes_instructions.md)
* [Most Recent ChangeLog](ChangeLog/20210227.md "QMK v0.12.0 - 2021 Feb 27")
* [Past Breaking Changes](breaking_changes_history.md)
* History
* [2020 Nov 28](ChangeLog/20201128.md)
* [2020 Aug 29](ChangeLog/20200829.md)
* [2020 May 30](ChangeLog/20200530.md)
* [2020 Feb 29](ChangeLog/20200229.md)
* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
* C Development
* [ARM Debugging Guide](arm_debugging.md)
@@ -129,13 +134,11 @@
* [Compatible Microcontrollers](compatible_microcontrollers.md)
* [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
* [ADC Driver](adc_driver.md)
* [Audio Driver](audio_driver.md)
* [I2C Driver](i2c_driver.md)
* [SPI Driver](spi_driver.md)
* [WS2812 Driver](ws2812_driver.md)
* [EEPROM Driver](eeprom_driver.md)
* ['serial' Driver](serial_driver.md)
* [UART Driver](uart_driver.md)
* [GPIO Controls](internals_gpio_control.md)
* [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
@@ -157,7 +160,6 @@
* [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
* [Translating the QMK Docs](translating.md)
* [Config Options](config_options.md)
* [Data Driven Configuration](data_driven_config.md)
* [Make Documentation](getting_started_make_guide.md)
* [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
* [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)

View File

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ As you can see the payload describes all aspects of a keyboard necessary to crea
To compile your keymap into a firmware simply POST your JSON to the `/v1/compile` endpoint. In the following example we've placed the JSON payload into a file named `json_data`.
```
$ curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d "$(< json_data)" https://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile
$ curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d "$(< json_data)" http://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile
{
"enqueued": true,
"job_id": "ea1514b3-bdfc-4a7b-9b5c-08752684f7f6"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ $ curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d "$(< json_data)" https://a
After submitting your keymap you can check the status using a simple HTTP GET call:
```
$ curl https://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile/ea1514b3-bdfc-4a7b-9b5c-08752684f7f6
$ curl http://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile/ea1514b3-bdfc-4a7b-9b5c-08752684f7f6
{
"created_at": "Sat, 19 Aug 2017 21:39:12 GMT",
"enqueued_at": "Sat, 19 Aug 2017 21:39:12 GMT",

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# QMK API
The QMK API provides an asynchronous API that Web and GUI tools can use to compile arbitrary keymaps for any keyboard supported by [QMK](https://qmk.fm/). The stock keymap template supports all QMK keycodes that do not require supporting C code. Keyboard maintainers can supply their own custom templates to enable more functionality.
The QMK API provides an asynchronous API that Web and GUI tools can use to compile arbitrary keymaps for any keyboard supported by [QMK](http://qmk.fm/). The stock keymap template supports all QMK keycodes that do not require supporting C code. Keyboard maintainers can supply their own custom templates to enable more functionality.
## App Developers

View File

@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
# Audio Driver :id=audio-driver
The [Audio feature](feature_audio.md) breaks the hardware specifics out into separate, exchangeable driver units, with a common interface to the audio-"core" - which itself handles playing songs and notes while tracking their progress in an internal state, initializing/starting/stopping the driver as needed.
Not all MCUs support every available driver, either the platform-support is not there (yet?) or the MCU simply does not have the required hardware peripheral.
## AVR :id=avr
Boards built around an Atmega32U4 can use two sets of PWM capable pins, each driving a separate speaker.
The possible configurations are:
| | Timer3 | Timer1 |
|--------------|-------------|--------------|
| one speaker | C4,C5 or C6 | |
| one speaker | | B4, B5 or B7 |
| two speakers | C4,C5 or C6 | B4, B5 or B7 |
Currently there is only one/default driver for AVR based boards, which is automatically configured to:
```make
AUDIO_DRIVER = pwm_hardware
```
## ARM :id=arm
For Arm based boards, QMK depends on ChibiOS - hence any MCU supported by the later is likely usable, as long as certain hardware peripherals are available.
Supported wiring configurations, with their ChibiOS/MCU peripheral requirement are listed below;
piezo speakers are marked with :one: for the first/primary and :two: for the secondary.
| driver | GPTD6<br>Tim6 | GPTD7<br>Tim7 | GPTD8<br>Tim8 | PWMD1<sup>1</sup><br>Tim1_Ch1 |
|--------------|------------------------------------------|------------------------|---------------|-------------------------------|
| dac_basic | A4+DACD1 = :one: | A5+DACD2 = :one: | state | |
| | A4+DACD1 = :one: + Gnd | A5+DACD2 = :two: + Gnd | state | |
| | A4+DACD1 = :two: + Gnd | A5+DACD2 = :one: + Gnd | state | |
| | A4+DACD1 = :one: + Gnd | | state | |
| | | A5+DACD2 = :one: + Gnd | state | |
| dac_additive | A4+DACD1 = :one: + Gnd | | | |
| | A5+DACD2 = :one: + Gnd | | | |
| | A4+DACD1 + A5+DACD2 = :one: <sup>2</sup> | | | |
| pwm_software | state-update | | | any = :one: |
| pwm hardware | state-update | | | A8 = :one: <sup>3</sup> |
<sup>1</sup>: the routing and alternate functions for PWM differ sometimes between STM32 MCUs, if in doubt consult the data-sheet
<sup>2</sup>: one piezo connected to A4 and A5, with AUDIO_PIN_ALT_AS_NEGATIVE set
<sup>3</sup>: TIM1_CH1 = A8 on STM32F103C8, other combinations are possible, see Data-sheet. configured with: AUDIO_PWM_DRIVER and AUDIO_PWM_CHANNEL
### DAC basic :id=dac-basic
The default driver for ARM boards, in absence of an overriding configuration.
This driver needs one Timer per enabled/used DAC channel, to trigger conversion; and a third timer to trigger state updates with the audio-core.
Additionally, in the board config, you'll want to make changes to enable the DACs, GPT for Timers 6, 7 and 8:
``` c
//halconf.h:
#define HAL_USE_DAC TRUE
#define HAL_USE_GPT TRUE
#include_next <halconf.h>
```
``` c
// mcuconf.h:
#include_next <mcuconf.h>
#undef STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH1
#define STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH1 TRUE
#undef STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH2
#define STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH2 TRUE
#undef STM32_GPT_USE_TIM6
#define STM32_GPT_USE_TIM6 TRUE
#undef STM32_GPT_USE_TIM7
#define STM32_GPT_USE_TIM7 TRUE
#undef STM32_GPT_USE_TIM8
#define STM32_GPT_USE_TIM8 TRUE
```
?> Note: DAC1 (A4) uses TIM6, DAC2 (A5) uses TIM7, and the audio state timer uses TIM8 (configurable).
You can also change the timer used for the overall audio state by defining the driver. For instance:
```c
#define AUDIO_STATE_TIMER GPTD9
```
### DAC additive :id=dac-additive
only needs one timer (GPTD6, Tim6) to trigger the DAC unit to do a conversion; the audio state updates are in turn triggered during the DAC callback.
Additionally, in the board config, you'll want to make changes to enable the DACs, GPT for Timer 6:
``` c
//halconf.h:
#define HAL_USE_DAC TRUE
#define HAL_USE_GPT TRUE
#include_next <halconf.h>
```
``` c
// mcuconf.h:
#include_next <mcuconf.h>
#undef STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH1
#define STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH1 TRUE
#undef STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH2
#define STM32_DAC_USE_DAC1_CH2 TRUE
#undef STM32_GPT_USE_TIM6
#define STM32_GPT_USE_TIM6 TRUE
```
### DAC Config
| Define | Defaults | Description --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| `AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX` | `4095U` | Highest value allowed. Lower value means lower volume. And 4095U is the upper limit, since this is limited to a 12 bit value. Only effects non-pregenerated samples. |
| `AUDIO_DAC_OFF_VALUE` | `AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX / 2` | The value of the DAC when notplaying anything. Some setups may require a high (`AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX`) or low (`0`) value here. |
| `AUDIO_MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_TONES` | __see next table__ | The number of tones that can be played simultaneously. A value that is too high may freeze the controller or glitch out when too many tones are being played. |
| `AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_RATE` | __see next table__ | Effective bit rate of the DAC (in hertz), higher limits simultaneous tones, and lower sacrifices quality. |
There are a number of predefined quality settings that you can use, with "sane minimum" being the default. You can use custom values by simply defining the sample rate and number of simultaneous tones, instead of using one of the listed presets.
| Define | Sample Rate | Simultaneous tones |
| `AUDIO_DAC_QUALITY_VERY_LOW` | `11025U` | `8` |
| `AUDIO_DAC_QUALITY_LOW` | `22040U` | `4` |
| `AUDIO_DAC_QUALITY_HIGH` | `44100U` | `2` |
| `AUDIO_DAC_QUALITY_VERY_HIGH` | `88200U` | `1` |
| `AUDIO_DAC_QUALITY_SANE_MINIMUM` | `16384U` | `8` |
```c
/* zero crossing (or approach, whereas zero == DAC_OFF_VALUE, which can be configured to anything from 0 to DAC_SAMPLE_MAX)
* ============================*=*========================== AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX
* * *
* * *
* ---------------------------------------------------------
* * * } AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX/100
* --------------------------------------------------------- AUDIO_DAC_OFF_VALUE
* * * } AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX/100
* ---------------------------------------------------------
* *
* * *
* * *
* =====*=*================================================= 0x0
*/
```
### PWM hardware :id=pwm-hardware
This driver uses the ChibiOS-PWM system to produce a square-wave on specific output pins that are connected to the PWM hardware.
The hardware directly toggles the pin via its alternate function. See your MCU's data-sheet for which pin can be driven by what timer - looking for TIMx_CHy and the corresponding alternate function.
A configuration example for the STM32F103C8 would be:
``` c
//halconf.h:
#define HAL_USE_PWM TRUE
#define HAL_USE_PAL TRUE
#define HAL_USE_GPT TRUE
#include_next <halconf.h>
```
``` c
// mcuconf.h:
#include_next <mcuconf.h>
#undef STM32_PWM_USE_TIM1
#define STM32_PWM_USE_TIM1 TRUE
#undef STM32_GPT_USE_TIM4
#define STM32_GPT_USE_TIM4 TRUE
```
If we now target pin A8, looking through the data-sheet of the STM32F103C8, for the timers and alternate functions
- TIM1_CH1 = PA8 <- alternate0
- TIM1_CH2 = PA9
- TIM1_CH3 = PA10
- TIM1_CH4 = PA11
with all this information, the configuration would contain these lines:
``` c
//config.h:
#define AUDIO_PIN A8
#define AUDIO_PWM_DRIVER PWMD1
#define AUDIO_PWM_CHANNEL 1
#define AUDIO_STATE_TIMER GPTD4
```
ChibiOS uses GPIOv1 for the F103, which only knows of one alternate function.
On 'larger' STM32s, GPIOv2 or GPIOv3 are used; with them it is also necessary to configure `AUDIO_PWM_PAL_MODE` to the correct alternate function for the selected pin, timer and timer-channel.
### PWM software :id=pwm-software
This driver uses the PWM callbacks from PWMD1 with TIM1_CH1 to toggle the selected AUDIO_PIN in software.
During the same callback, with AUDIO_PIN_ALT_AS_NEGATIVE set, the AUDIO_PIN_ALT is toggled inversely to AUDIO_PIN. This is useful for setups that drive a piezo from two pins (instead of one and Gnd).
You can also change the timer used for software PWM by defining the driver. For instance:
```c
#define AUDIO_STATE_TIMER GPTD8
```
### Testing Notes :id=testing-notes
While not an exhaustive list, the following table provides the scenarios that have been partially validated:
| | DAC basic | DAC additive | PWM hardware | PWM software |
|--------------------------|--------------------|--------------------|--------------------|--------------------|
| Atmega32U4 | :o: | :o: | :heavy_check_mark: | :o: |
| STM32F103C8 (bluepill) | :x: | :x: | :heavy_check_mark: | :heavy_check_mark: |
| STM32F303CCT6 (proton-c) | :heavy_check_mark: | :heavy_check_mark: | ? | :heavy_check_mark: |
| STM32F405VG | :heavy_check_mark: | :heavy_check_mark: | :heavy_check_mark: | :heavy_check_mark: |
| L0xx | :x: (no Tim8) | ? | ? | ? |
:heavy_check_mark: : works and was tested
:o: : does not apply
:x: : not supported by MCU
*Other supported ChibiOS boards and/or pins may function, it will be highly chip and configuration dependent.*

View File

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ The breaking change period is when we will merge PR's that change QMK in dangero
## What has been included in past Breaking Changes?
* [2021 Feb 27](ChangeLog/20210227.md)
* [2020 Nov 28](ChangeLog/20201128.md)
* [2020 Aug 29](ChangeLog/20200829.md)
* [2020 May 30](ChangeLog/20200530.md)
@@ -19,12 +18,12 @@ The next Breaking Change is scheduled for February 27, 2021.
### Important Dates
* [x] 2021 Feb 27 - `develop` is created. Each push to `master` is subsequently merged to `develop`
* [ ] 2021 May 01 - `develop` closed to new PR's.
* [ ] 2021 May 01 - Call for testers.
* [ ] 2021 May 27 - `master` is locked, no PR's merged.
* [ ] 2021 May 29 - Merge `develop` to `master`.
* [ ] 2021 May 29 - `master` is unlocked. PR's can be merged again.
* [x] 2020 Nov 28 - `develop` is created. Each push to `master` is subsequently merged to `develop`
* [ ] 2021 Jan 30 - `develop` closed to new PR's.
* [ ] 2021 Jan 30 - Call for testers.
* [ ] 2021 Feb 25 - `master` is locked, no PR's merged.
* [ ] 2021 Feb 27 - Merge `develop` to `master`.
* [ ] 2021 Feb 27 - `master` is unlocked. PR's can be merged again.
## What changes will be included?

View File

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
# Past Breaking Changes
This page links to all previous changelogs from the QMK Breaking Changes process.
* [2021 Feb 27](ChangeLog/20210227.md) - version 0.12.0
* [2020 Nov 28](ChangeLog/20201128.md) - version 0.11.0
* [2020 Aug 29](ChangeLog/20200829.md) - version 0.10.0
* [2020 May 30](ChangeLog/20200530.md) - version 0.9.0
* [2020 Feb 29](ChangeLog/20200229.md) - version 0.8.0
* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md) - version 0.7.0

View File

@@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD and/or K
**Usage for Configurator Exports**:
```
qmk compile [-c] <configuratorExport.json>
qmk compile <configuratorExport.json>
```
**Usage for Keymaps**:
```
qmk compile [-c] [-e <var>=<value>] -kb <keyboard_name> -km <keymap_name>
qmk compile -kb <keyboard_name> -km <keymap_name>
```
**Usage in Keyboard Directory**:
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ This command is directory aware. It will automatically fill in KEYBOARD and/or K
**Usage for Configurator Exports**:
```
qmk flash [-bl <bootloader>] [-c] [-e <var>=<value>] <configuratorExport.json>
qmk flash <configuratorExport.json> -bl <bootloader>
```
**Usage for Keymaps**:
```
qmk flash -kb <keyboard_name> -km <keymap_name> [-bl <bootloader>] [-c] [-e <var>=<value>]
qmk flash -kb <keyboard_name> -km <keymap_name> -bl <bootloader>
```
**Listing the Bootloaders**
@@ -308,24 +308,32 @@ qmk generate-rgb-breathe-table [-q] [-o OUTPUT] [-m MAX] [-c CENTER]
## `qmk kle2json`
This command allows you to convert from raw KLE data to QMK Configurator JSON. It accepts either an absolute file path, or a file name in the current directory. By default it will not overwrite `info.json` if it is already present. Use the `-f` or `--force` flag to overwrite.
This command allows you to convert [Keyboard-Layout-Editor.com](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) layouts into `info.json` layouts. It will also create a `keymap.json` file for your layout. This saves a lot of time when setting up a new keyboard.
To use this command your KLE will need to follow a specific format. See [KLE To info.json](kle2json_guide.md) for more details.
**Usage**:
```
qmk kle2json [-f] <filename>
qmk kle2json -kb <keyboard> [-km KEYMAP] [-l LAYOUT] <filename-or-kle-id>
```
**Examples**:
```
$ qmk kle2json kle.txt
☒ File info.json already exists, use -f or --force to overwrite.
```
With only a KLE id:
```
$ qmk kle2json -f kle.txt -f
Ψ Wrote out to info.json
$ qmk kle2json -kb clueboard/new60 70aaa4bed76d0b2f67fd165641239552
Ψ Wrote file keyboards/clueboard/new60/info.json
Ψ Wrote file keyboards/clueboard/new60/keymaps/default/keymap.json
```
With a full URL:
```
$ qmk kle2json -kb clueboard/new60 'http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/70aaa4bed76d0b2f67fd165641239552'
Ψ Wrote file keyboards/clueboard/new60/info.json
Ψ Wrote file keyboards/clueboard/new60/keymaps/default/keymap.json
```
## `qmk pyformat`

View File

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int foo(void) {
[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) is part of LLVM and can automatically format your code for you, because ain't nobody got time to do it manually. We supply a configuration file for it that applies most of the coding conventions listed above. It will only change whitespace and newlines, so you will still have to remember to include optional braces yourself.
Use the [full LLVM installer](https://llvm.org/builds/) to get clang-format on Windows, or use `sudo apt install clang-format` on Ubuntu.
Use the [full LLVM installer](http://llvm.org/builds/) to get clang-format on Windows, or use `sudo apt install clang-format` on Ubuntu.
If you run it from the command-line, pass `-style=file` as an option and it will automatically find the .clang-format configuration file in the QMK root directory.

View File

@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ The following use [LUFA](https://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) as the USB
* [ATmega16U2](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega16U2) / [ATmega32U2](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega32U2)
* [ATmega16U4](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega16U4) / [ATmega32U4](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega32U4)
* [AT90USB64](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB646) / [AT90USB128](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)
* [AT90USB162](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB162)
Certain MCUs which do not have native USB will use [V-USB](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/index.html) instead:
@@ -19,17 +18,13 @@ Certain MCUs which do not have native USB will use [V-USB](https://www.obdev.at/
## ARM
You can also use any ARM chip with USB that [ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org) supports. Most have plenty of flash. Known to work are:
You can also use any ARM chip with USB that [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) supports. Most have plenty of flash. Known to work are:
### STMicroelectronics (STM32)
* [STM32F0x2](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f0x2.html)
* [STM32F103](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f103.html)
* [STM32F303](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f303.html)
* [STM32F401](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f401.html)
* [STM32F411](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f411.html)
* [STM32G431](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32g4x1.html)
* [STM32G474](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32g4x4.html)
### NXP (Kinetis)

View File

@@ -67,22 +67,16 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
* turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
* `#define C4_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin C4
* Deprecated. Use `#define AUDIO_PIN C4`
* `#define C5_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin C5
* Deprecated. Use `#define AUDIO_PIN C5`
* `#define C6_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin C6
* Deprecated. Use `#define AUDIO_PIN C6`
* `#define B5_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enabled if one of B pins is enabled along with one of C pins)
* Deprecated. Use `#define AUDIO_PIN B5`, or use `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B5` if a `C` pin is enabled with `AUDIO_PIN`
* enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
* `#define B6_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enabled if one of B pins is enabled along with one of C pins)
* Deprecated. Use `#define AUDIO_PIN B6`, or use `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B6` if a `C` pin is enabled with `AUDIO_PIN`
* enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
* `#define B7_AUDIO`
* enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enabled if one of B pins is enabled along with one of C pins)
* Deprecated. Use `#define AUDIO_PIN B7`, or use `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B7` if a `C` pin is enabled with `AUDIO_PIN`
* enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
* `#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
* pin of the backlight
* `#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
@@ -103,8 +97,6 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
* sets the maximum power (in mA) over USB for the device (default: 500)
* `#define USB_POLLING_INTERVAL_MS 10`
* sets the USB polling rate in milliseconds for the keyboard, mouse, and shared (NKRO/media keys) interfaces
* `#define USB_SUSPEND_WAKEUP_DELAY 200`
* set the number of milliseconde to pause after sending a wakeup packet
* `#define F_SCL 100000L`
* sets the I2C clock rate speed for keyboards using I2C. The default is `400000L`, except for keyboards using `split_common`, where the default is `100000L`.

View File

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Please keep these things in mind:
# Project Overview
QMK is largely written in C, with specific features and parts written in C++. It targets embedded processors found in keyboards, particularly AVR ([LUFA](https://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) and ARM ([ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org)). If you are already well versed in Arduino programming you'll find a lot of the concepts and limitations familiar. Prior experience with Arduino is not required to successfully contribute to QMK.
QMK is largely written in C, with specific features and parts written in C++. It targets embedded processors found in keyboards, particularly AVR ([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) and ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com)). If you are already well versed in Arduino programming you'll find a lot of the concepts and limitations familiar. Prior experience with Arduino is not required to successfully contribute to QMK.
<!-- FIXME: We should include a list of resources for learning C here. -->

View File

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
# Data Driven Configuration
This page describes how QMK's data driven JSON configuration system works. It is aimed at developers who want to work on QMK itself.
## History
Historically QMK has been configured through a combination of two mechanisms- `rules.mk` and `config.h`. While this worked well when QMK was only a handful of keyboards we've grown to encompass nearly 1500 supported keyboards. That extrapolates out to 6000 configuration files under `keyboards/` alone! The freeform nature of these files and the unique patterns people have used to avoid duplication have made ongoing maintenance a challenge, and a large number of our keyboards follow patterns that are outdated and sometimes harder to understand.
We have also been working on bringing the power of QMK to people who aren't comformable with a CLI, and other projects such as VIA are working to make using QMK as easy as installing a program. These tools need information about how a keyboard is laid out or what pins and features are available so that users can take full advantage of QMK. We introduced `info.json` as a first step towards this. The QMK API is an effort to combine these 3 sources of information- `config.h`, `rules.mk`, and `info.json`- into a single source of truth that end-user tools can use.
Now we have support for generating `rules.mk` and `config.h` values from `info.json`, allowing us to have a single source of truth. This will allow us to use automated tooling to maintain keyboards saving a lot of time and maintenance work.
## Overview
On the C side of things nothing changes. When you need to create a new rule or define you follow the same process:
1. Add it to `docs/config_options.md`
1. Set a default in the appropriate core file
1. Add your ifdef statements as needed
You will then need to add support for your new configuration to `info.json`. The basic process is:
1. Add it to the schema in `data/schemas/keyboards.jsonschema`
1. Add a mapping in `data/maps`
1. (optional and discoraged) Add code to extract/generate it to:
* `lib/python/qmk/info.py`
* `lib/python/qmk/cli/generate/config_h.py`
* `lib/python/qmk/cli/generate/rules_mk.py`
## Adding an option to info.json
This section describes adding support for a `config.h`/`rules.mk` value to info.json.
### Add it to the schema
QMK maintains [jsonschema](https://json-schema.org/) files in `data/schemas`. The values that go into keyboard-specific `info.json` files are kept in `keyboard.jsonschema`. Any value you want to make available to end users to edit must go in here.
In some cases you can simply add a new top-level key. Some examples to follow are `keyboard_name`, `maintainer`, `processor`, and `url`. This is appropriate when your option is self-contained and not directly related to other options.
In other cases you should group like options together in an `object`. This is particularly true when adding support for a feature. Some examples to follow for this are `indicators`, `matrix_pins`, and `rgblight`. If you are not sure how to integrate your new option(s) [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new?assignees=&labels=cli%2C+python&template=other_issues.md&title=) or [join #cli on Discord](https://discord.gg/heQPAgy) and start a conversation there.
### Add a mapping
In most cases you can add a simple mapping. These are maintained as JSON files in `data/mappings/info_config.json` and `data/mappings/info_rules.json`, and control mapping for `config.h` and `rules.mk`, respectively. Each mapping is keyed by the `config.h` or `rules.mk` variable, and the value is a hash with the following keys:
* `info_key`: (required) The location within `info.json` for this value. See below.
* `value_type`: (optional) Default `str`. The format for this variable's value. See below.
* `to_json`: (optional) Default `true`. Set to `false` to exclude this mapping from info.json
* `to_c`: (optional) Default `true`. Set to `false` to exclude this mapping from config.h
* `warn_duplicate`: (optional) Default `true`. Set to `false` to turn off warning when a value exists in both places
#### Info Key
We use JSON dot notation to address variables within info.json. For example, to access `info_json["rgblight"]["split_count"]` I would specify `rgblight.split_count`. This allows you to address deeply nested keys with a simple string.
Under the hood we use [Dotty Dict](https://dotty-dict.readthedocs.io/en/latest/), you can refer to that documentation for how these strings are converted to object access.
#### Value Types
By default we treat all values as simple strings. If your value is more complex you can use one of these types to intelligently parse the data:
* `array`: A comma separated array of strings
* `array.int`: A comma separated array of integers
* `int`: An integer
* `hex`: A number formatted as hex
* `list`: A space separate array of strings
* `mapping`: A hash of key/value pairs
### Add code to extract it
Most use cases can be solved by the mapping files described above. If yours can't you can instead write code to extract your config values.
Whenever QMK generates a complete `info.json` it extracts information from `config.h` and `rules.mk`. You will need to add code for your new config value to `lib/python/qmk/info.py`. Typically this means adding a new `_extract_<feature>()` function and then calling your function in either `_extract_config_h()` or `_extract_rules_mk()`.
If you are not sure how to edit this file or are not comfortable with Python [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new?assignees=&labels=cli%2C+python&template=other_issues.md&title=) or [join #cli on Discord](https://discord.gg/heQPAgy) and someone can help you with this part.
### Add code to generate it
The final piece of the puzzle is providing your new option to the build system. This is done by generating two files:
* `.build/obj_<keyboard>/src/info_config.h`
* `.build/obj_<keyboard>/src/rules.mk`
These two files are generated by the code here:
* `lib/python/qmk/cli/generate/config_h.py`
* `lib/python/qmk/cli/generate/rules_mk.py`
For `config.h` values you'll need to write a function for your rule(s) and call that function in `generate_config_h()`.
If you have a new top-level `info.json` key for `rules.mk` you can simply add your keys to `info_to_rules` at the top of `lib/python/qmk/cli/generate/rules_mk.py`. Otherwise you'll need to create a new if block for your feature in `generate_rules_mk()`.

View File

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
## Was ist QMK Firmware?
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) ist eine Open-Source-Community, welche die QMK-Firmware, die QMK-Toolbox, [qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm) und diese Dokumententation betreut. QMK-Firmware ist eine Weiterentwicklung der [tmk\_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard)-Tastatur-Firmware mit vielen nützlichen Zusatzfunktionen für Atmel AVR-Prozessoren. Ursprünglich wurde sie für Produkte von [OLKB](https://olkb.com), das [ErgoDox EZ](https://www.ergodox-ez.com) und das [Clueboard](https://clueboard.co/) entwickelt. Im Laufe der Zeit wurde sie mit Hilfe von [ChibiOS](https://chibios.org) auch für die ARM-Architektur angepasst. Außerdem ist es inzwischen möglich, auch handverdrahtete Tastaturen und selbst geätzte PCBs mit QMK zu verwenden.
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) ist eine Open-Source-Community, welche die QMK-Firmware, die QMK-Toolbox, [qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm) und diese Dokumententation betreut. QMK-Firmware ist eine Weiterentwicklung der [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard)-Tastatur-Firmware mit vielen nützlichen Zusatzfunktionen für Atmel AVR-Prozessoren. Ursprünglich wurde sie für Produkte von [OLKB](http://olkb.com), das [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) und das [Clueboard](http://clueboard.co/) entwickelt. Im Laufe der Zeit wurde sie mit Hilfe von [ChibiOS](http://chibios.org) auch für die ARM-Architektur angepasst. Außerdem ist es inzwischen möglich, auch handverdrahtete Tastaturen und selbst geätzte PCBs mit QMK zu verwenden.
## Bezugsquelle für QMK

View File

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Wenn Du es vorziehst mit einer grafischen Oberfläche zu entwickeln kannst Du au
Du wirst ein Programm benötigen, mit dem Du **plain text** (= reiner Text) Dateien bearbeiten und speichern kannst. Wenn Du Windows benutzt, reicht dafür schon das normale `Notepad` und für Linux z.B. `gedit` oder `leafpad`. Beide sind sehr rudimentäre Editoren deren Funktionsumfang aber vollkommen ausreicht. Für macOS' standard `TextEdit` muss man ein bisschen vorsichtig sein und darauf achten, beim Speichern explizit unter _Format_ die Option _Reiner Text_ auszuwählen.
Ansonsten ist es empfehlenswert, einen Editor herunterzuladen der für die Programmierung und das Bearbeiten von Code ausgelegt ist wie z.b [Notepad++](https://notepad-plus-plus.org/), [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/) oder [VS Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/).
Ansonsten ist es empfehlenswert, einen Editor herunterzuladen der für die Programmierung und das Bearbeiten von Code ausgelegt ist wie z.b [Notepad++](http://notepad-plus-plus.org/), [Sublime Text](https://www.sublimetext.com/) oder [VS Code](https://code.visualstudio.com/).
?> Immer noch unsicher, welcher Text Editor der Richtige für Dich ist? Laurence Bradford hat eine hervorragende [Einleitung](https://learntocodewith.me/programming/basics/text-editors/) zu dem Thema geschrieben (auf Englisch).
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Wir haben versucht, die Installation der Entwicklungsumgebung für QMK so einfac
Du wirst MSYS2 (o.Ä.) und Git benötigen.
* Befolge die Installationsanleitung auf der [MSYS2 Homepage](https://www.msys2.org)
* Befolge die Installationsanleitung auf der [MSYS2 Homepage](http://www.msys2.org)
* Schließe alle offenen MSYS2 Fenster und öffne ein neues MSYS2 MinGW 64-bit Terminal
* Installiere Git mit dem Kommando: `pacman -S git`

View File

@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ Anmerkung: Diese Programme werden weder von QMK bereitgestellt oder gutgeheißen
* [Switch Hitter](https://elitekeyboards.com/switchhitter.php) (Nur für Windows)
* [Keyboard Viewer](https://www.imore.com/how-use-keyboard-viewer-your-mac) (Nur für Mac)
* [Keyboard Tester](https://www.keyboardtester.com) (Web basiert)
* [Keyboard Checker](https://keyboardchecker.com) (Web basiert)
* [Keyboard Tester](http://www.keyboardtester.com) (Web basiert)
* [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com) (Web basiert)
## Debuggen

View File

@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ This page documents the templates you should use when submitting new Keymaps and
## Keymap `readme.md` Template :id=keyboard-readmemd-template
Most keymaps have an image depicting the layout. You can use [Keyboard Layout Editor](https://keyboard-layout-editor.com) to create an image. Upload it to [Imgur](https://imgur.com) or another hosting service, please do not include images in your Pull Request.
Most keymaps have an image depicting the layout. You can use [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) to create an image. Upload it to [Imgur](http://imgur.com) or another hosting service, please do not include images in your Pull Request.
Below the image you should write a short description to help people understand your keymap.
```
![Clueboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
![Clueboard Layout Image](http://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
# Default Clueboard Layout
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ the Ctrl, Alt, or GUI modifiers are held down.
```
# Planck
![Planck](https://i.imgur.com/q2M3uEU.jpg)
![Planck](http://i.imgur.com/q2M3uEU.jpg)
A compact 40% (12x4) ortholinear keyboard kit made and sold by OLKB and Massdrop. [More info on qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm/planck/)
A compact 40% (12x4) ortholinear keyboard kit made and sold by OLKB and Massdrop. [More info on qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm/planck/)
* Keyboard Maintainer: [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)
* Hardware Supported: Planck PCB rev1, rev2, rev3, rev4, Teensy 2.0

View File

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
## ¿Qué es el firmware QMK?
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) es una comunidad open source que mantiene el firmware QMK, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, y estos documentos. El firmware QMK es un firmware para teclados basado en [tmk\_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) con algunas características útiles para controladores Atmel AVR, y más específicamente, la [línea de productos OLKB](https://olkb.com), el teclado [ErgoDox EZ](https://www.ergodox-ez.com), y la [línea de productos Clueboard](https://clueboard.co/). También ha sido portado a chips ARM chips usando ChibiOS. Lo puedes utilizar para manejar tu propio teclado ya sea cableado a mano o basado en una PCB personalizada.
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) es una comunidad open source que mantiene el firmware QMK, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, y estos documentos. El firmware QMK es un firmware para teclados basado en [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) con algunas características útiles para controladores Atmel AVR, y más específicamente, la [línea de productos OLKB](http://olkb.com), el teclado [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com), y la [línea de productos Clueboard](http://clueboard.co/). También ha sido portado a chips ARM chips usando ChibiOS. Lo puedes utilizar para manejar tu propio teclado ya sea cableado a mano o basado en una PCB personalizada.
## Cómo conseguirlo
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Este ejemplo compilaría la revisión `rev4` del teclado `planck` con el keymap
## Cómo personalizar
QMK tiene montones de [características](es/features.md) para explorar, y una buena cantidad de [documentación de referencia](https://docs.qmk.fm) en la que sumergirse. Se pueden sacar provecho de la mayoría de las características modificando tu [keymap](es/keymap.md), y cambiando los [keycodes](es/keycodes.md).
QMK tiene montones de [características](es/features.md) para explorar, y una buena cantidad de [documentación de referencia](http://docs.qmk.fm) en la que sumergirse. Se pueden sacar provecho de la mayoría de las características modificando tu [keymap](es/keymap.md), y cambiando los [keycodes](es/keycodes.md).

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# Hardware
QMK es compatible con una variedad de hardware. Si tu procesador puede ser dirigido por [LUFA](https://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) o [ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org), probablemente puedes hacer que QMK se ejecute en él. Esta sección explora cómo hacer que QMK se ejecute y se comunique con hardware de todo tipo.
QMK es compatible con una variedad de hardware. Si tu procesador puede ser dirigido por [LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) o [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com), probablemente puedes hacer que QMK se ejecute en él. Esta sección explora cómo hacer que QMK se ejecute y se comunique con hardware de todo tipo.
* [Pautas de teclados](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
* [Procesadores AVR](hardware_avr.md)

View File

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Esto creará todos los archivos necesarios para tu nuevo teclado, y rellenará l
## `readme.md`
Aquí es donde describirás tu teclado. Por favor sigue la [Plantilla del readme de teclados](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template) al escribir tu `readme.md`. Te animamos a colocar una imagen en la parte superior de tu `readme.md`. Por favor, utiliza un servicio externo como [Imgur](https://imgur.com) para alojar las imágenes.
Aquí es donde describirás tu teclado. Por favor sigue la [Plantilla del readme de teclados](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template) al escribir tu `readme.md`. Te animamos a colocar una imagen en la parte superior de tu `readme.md`. Por favor, utiliza un servicio externo como [Imgur](http://imgur.com) para alojar las imágenes.
## `<keyboard>.c`

View File

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Por ejemplo, si tienes un PCB de 60% que soporta ANSI e ISO podría definir los
En un esfuerzo por mantener el tamaño de repo abajo ya no estamos aceptando archivos binarios de cualquier formato, con pocas excepciones. Alojarlos en otro lugar (por ejemplo <https://imgur.com>) y enlazarlos en el `readme.md` es preferible.
Para archivos de hardware (tales como placas, casos, pcb) puedes contribuir a [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) y estarán disponibles en [qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm). Archivos descargables se almacenan en `/<teclado>/` (nombre sigue el mismo formato que el anterior), se sirven en `https://qmk.fm/<teclado>/`, y se generan páginas de `/_pages/<teclado>/` que se sirven en la misma ubicación (Los archivos .md se generan en archivos .html mediante Jekyll). Echa un vistazo a la carpeta `lets_split` para ver un ejemplo.
Para archivos de hardware (tales como placas, casos, pcb) puedes contribuir a [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) y estarán disponibles en [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm). Archivos descargables se almacenan en `/<teclado>/` (nombre sigue el mismo formato que el anterior), se sirven en `http://qmk.fm/<teclado>/`, y se generan páginas de `/_pages/<teclado>/` que se sirven en la misma ubicación (Los archivos .md se generan en archivos .html mediante Jekyll). Echa un vistazo a la carpeta `lets_split` para ver un ejemplo.
## Predeterminados de teclado
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ El año debe ser el primer año en que se crea el archivo. Si el trabajo se hizo
## Licencia
El núcleo de QMC está licenciado bajo la [GNU General Public License](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.en.html). Si estás enviando binarios para los procesadores AVR puedes elegir cualquiera [GPLv2](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html) o [GPLv3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html). Si estás enviando binarios para ARM procesadores debes elegir [GPL Versión 3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html) para cumplir con los [ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org) licencia GPLv3.
El núcleo de QMC está licenciado bajo la [GNU General Public License](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.en.html). Si estás enviando binarios para los procesadores AVR puedes elegir cualquiera [GPLv2](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html) o [GPLv3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html). Si estás enviando binarios para ARM procesadores debes elegir [GPL Versión 3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html) para cumplir con los [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) licencia GPLv3.
Si tu teclado hace uso de la [uGFX](https://gfx.io) características dentro de QMK debes cumplir con la [Licencia de uGFX](https://ugfx.io/license.html), que requiere una licencia comercial separada antes de vender un dispositivo que contiene uGFX.

View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
QMK es un poderoso firmware Open Source para tu teclado mecánico. Puedes utilizar QMK para personalizar tu teclado en maneras a la vez simples y potentes. Gente de todos los niveles de habilidad, desde completos novatos hasta expertos programadores, han utilizado con éxito QMK para personalizar sus teclados. Esta guía te ayudará a hacer lo mismo, sin importar tu nivel de habilidad.
¿No estás seguro de si tu teclado puede ejecutar QMK? Si es un teclado mecánico construido por ti mismo probablemente puedas. Damos soporte a [gran número de placas de hobbistas](https://qmk.fm/keyboards/), e incluso si tu teclado actual no pudiera ejecutar QMK no deberías tener problemas encontrando uno que cumpliera tus necesidades.
¿No estás seguro de si tu teclado puede ejecutar QMK? Si es un teclado mecánico construido por ti mismo probablemente puedas. Damos soporte a [gran número de placas de hobbistas](http://qmk.fm/keyboards/), e incluso si tu teclado actual no pudiera ejecutar QMK no deberías tener problemas encontrando uno que cumpliera tus necesidades.
## Visión general

View File

@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ instale el resto.
Necesitarás instalar MSYS2 y Git.
* Sigue las instrucciones de instalación en la [página de MSYS2](https://www.msys2.org).
* Sigue las instrucciones de instalación en la [página de MSYS2](http://www.msys2.org).
* Cierra las terminales abiertas de MSYS2 y abre una nueva termial de MSYS2 MinGW 64-bit.
* Instala Git ejecutando este comando: `pacman -S git`.

View File

@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ Nota: Estos programas no los provée ni están relacionados con QMK.
* [Switch Hitter](https://elitekeyboards.com/switchhitter.php) (Sólo Windows)
* [Keyboard Viewer](https://www.imore.com/how-use-keyboard-viewer-your-mac) (Sólo Mac)
* [Keyboard Tester](https://www.keyboardtester.com) (Aplicación web)
* [Keyboard Checker](https://keyboardchecker.com) (Aplicación web)
* [Keyboard Tester](http://www.keyboardtester.com) (Aplicación web)
* [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com) (Aplicación web)
## Depurando

View File

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ or just:
Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally ***not*** a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
### Linux `udev` Rules :id=linux-udev-rules
### Linux `udev` Rules
On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to communicate with the bootloader device. You can either use `sudo` when flashing firmware (not recommended), or place [this file](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/util/udev/50-qmk.rules) into `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
@@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ Also see this.
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
You can buy a really unique VID:PID here. I don't think you need this for personal use.
- https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- https://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
- http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
### I just flashed my keyboard and it does nothing/keypresses don't register - it's also ARM (rev6 planck, clueboard 60, hs60v2, etc...) (Feb 2019)
Due to how EEPROM works on ARM based chips, saved settings may no longer be valid. This affects the default layers, and *may*, under certain circumstances we are still figuring out, make the keyboard unusable. Resetting the EEPROM will correct this.

View File

@@ -2,94 +2,7 @@
This page details various common questions people have about troubleshooting their keyboards.
## Debugging :id=debugging
Your keyboard will output debug information if you have `CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. By default the output is very limited, but you can turn on debug mode to increase the amount of debug output. Use the `DEBUG` keycode in your keymap, use the [Command](feature_command.md) feature to enable debug mode, or add the following code to your keymap.
```c
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
// Customise these values to desired behaviour
debug_enable=true;
debug_matrix=true;
//debug_keyboard=true;
//debug_mouse=true;
}
```
## Debugging Tools
There are two different tools you can use to debug your keyboard.
### Debugging With QMK Toolbox
For compatible platforms, [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) can be used to display debug messages from your keyboard.
### Debugging With hid_listen
Prefer a terminal based solution? [hid_listen](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html), provided by PJRC, can also be used to display debug messages. Prebuilt binaries for Windows,Linux,and MacOS are available.
## Sending Your Own Debug Messages
Sometimes it's useful to print debug messages from within your [custom code](custom_quantum_functions.md). Doing so is pretty simple. Start by including `print.h` at the top of your file:
```c
#include "print.h"
```
After that you can use a few different print functions:
* `print("string")`: Print a simple string.
* `uprintf("%s string", var)`: Print a formatted string
* `dprint("string")` Print a simple string, but only when debug mode is enabled
* `dprintf("%s string", var)`: Print a formatted string, but only when debug mode is enabled
## Debug Examples
Below is a collection of real world debugging examples. For additional information, refer to [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md).
### Which matrix position is this keypress?
When porting, or when attempting to diagnose pcb issues, it can be useful to know if a keypress is scanned correctly. To enable logging for this scenario, add the following code to your keymaps `keymap.c`
```c
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
// If console is enabled, it will print the matrix position and status of each key pressed
#ifdef CONSOLE_ENABLE
uprintf("KL: kc: 0x%04X, col: %u, row: %u, pressed: %b, time: %u, interrupt: %b, count: %u\n", keycode, record->event.key.col, record->event.key.row, record->event.pressed, record->event.time, record->tap.interrupted, record->tap.count);
#endif
return true;
}
```
Example output
```text
Waiting for device:.......
Listening:
KL: kc: 169, col: 0, row: 0, pressed: 1
KL: kc: 169, col: 0, row: 0, pressed: 0
KL: kc: 174, col: 1, row: 0, pressed: 1
KL: kc: 174, col: 1, row: 0, pressed: 0
KL: kc: 172, col: 2, row: 0, pressed: 1
KL: kc: 172, col: 2, row: 0, pressed: 0
```
### How long did it take to scan for a keypress?
When testing performance issues, it can be useful to know the frequency at which the switch matrix is being scanned. To enable logging for this scenario, add the following code to your keymaps `config.h`
```c
#define DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
```
Example output
```text
> matrix scan frequency: 315
> matrix scan frequency: 313
> matrix scan frequency: 316
> matrix scan frequency: 316
> matrix scan frequency: 316
> matrix scan frequency: 316
```
# Debug Console
## `hid_listen` Can't Recognize Device
When debug console of your device is not ready you will see like this:
@@ -98,7 +11,7 @@ When debug console of your device is not ready you will see like this:
Waiting for device:.........
```
Once the device is plugged in then *hid_listen* finds it you will get this message:
once the device is plugged in then *hid_listen* finds it you will get this message:
```
Waiting for new device:.........................
@@ -107,25 +20,129 @@ Listening:
If you can't get this 'Listening:' message try building with `CONSOLE_ENABLE=yes` in [Makefile]
You may need privileges to access the device an OS like Linux. Try `sudo hid_listen`.
On many Linux distros you can avoid having to run hid_listen as root
by creating a file called `/etc/udev/rules.d/70-hid-listen.rules` with
the following content:
```
SUBSYSTEM=="hidraw", ATTRS{idVendor}=="abcd", ATTRS{idProduct}=="def1", TAG+="uaccess", RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"
```
Replace abcd and def1 with your keyboard's vendor and product id,
letters must be lowercase. The `RUN{builtin}+="uaccess"` part is only
needed for older distros.
You may need privilege to access the device on OS like Linux.
- try `sudo hid_listen`
## Can't Get Message on Console
Check:
- *hid_listen* finds your device. See above.
- Enable debug by pressing **Magic**+d. See [Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands).
- Set `debug_enable=true`. See [Debugging](#debugging)
- Try using `print` function instead of debug print. See **common/print.h**.
- Disconnect other devices with console function. See [Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97).
- Enable debug with pressing **Magic**+d. See [Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands).
- set `debug_enable=true`. See [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md#debugging)
- try using 'print' function instead of debug print. See **common/print.h**.
- disconnect other devices with console function. See [Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97).
***
# Miscellaneous
## Safety Considerations
You probably don't want to "brick" your keyboard, making it impossible
to rewrite firmware onto it. Here are some of the parameters to show
what things are (and likely aren't) too risky.
- If your keyboard map does not include RESET, then, to get into DFU
mode, you will need to press the reset button on the PCB, which
requires unscrewing the bottom.
- Messing with tmk_core / common files might make the keyboard
inoperable
- Too large a .hex file is trouble; `make dfu` will erase the block,
test the size (oops, wrong order!), which errors out, failing to
flash the keyboard, leaving it in DFU mode.
- To this end, note that the maximum .hex file size on Planck is
7000h (28672 decimal)
```
Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf [OK]
Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex [OK]
Size after:
text data bss dec hex filename
0 22396 0 22396 577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
```
- The above file is of size 22396/577ch, which is less than
28672/7000h
- As long as you have a suitable alternative .hex file around, you
can retry, loading that one
- Some of the options you might specify in your keyboard's Makefile
consume extra memory; watch out for BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE,
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
you throw in extra fruit salad of options), so there is little risk
there.
- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle. You shouldn't rewrite the
firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
eventually.
## NKRO Doesn't work
First you have to compile firmware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
Try `Magic` **N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work you need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
If your firmware built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic` **N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and kept over power cycles.
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
## TrackPoint Needs Reset Circuit (PS/2 Mouse Support)
Without reset circuit you will have inconsistent result due to improper initialize of the hardware. See circuit schematic of TPM754.
- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
## Can't Read Column of Matrix Beyond 16
Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in [matrix.h] when your columns goes beyond 16.
In C `1` means one of [int] type which is [16 bit] in case of AVR so you can't shift left more than 15. You will get unexpected zero when you say `1<<16`. You have to use [unsigned long] type with `1UL`.
http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
## Special Extra Key Doesn't Work (System, Audio Control Keys)
You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to use them in QMK.
```
EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control
```
## Wakeup from Sleep Doesn't Work
In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in Power **Management property** tab of **Device Manager**. Also check BIOS setting.
Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
## Using Arduino?
**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
## Enabling JTAG
By default, the JTAG debugging interface is disabled as soon as the keyboard starts up. JTAG-capable MCUs come from the factory with the `JTAGEN` fuse set, and it takes over certain pins of the MCU that the board may be using for the switch matrix, LEDs, etc.
If you would like to keep JTAG enabled, just add the following to your `config.h`:
```c
#define NO_JTAG_DISABLE
```
## USB 3 Compatibility
I heard some people have a problem with USB 3 port, try USB 2 port.
## Mac Compatibility
### OS X 10.11 and Hub
https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
## Problem on BIOS (UEFI)/Resume (Sleep & Wake)/Power Cycles
Some people reported their keyboard stops working on BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
As of now root of its cause is not clear but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile try to disable those options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others.
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778

View File

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Additionally, you can find additional `git` and GitHub related links [here](newb
Awesome! Open up a Pull Request for it. We'll review the code, and merge it!
### What if I want to brand it with `QMK`?
### What if I want to do brand it with `QMK`?
That's amazing! We would love to assist you with that!

View File

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_f
There are 3 standard keyboard layouts in use around the world- ANSI, ISO, and JIS. North America primarily uses ANSI, Europe and Africa primarily use ISO, and Japan uses JIS. Regions not mentioned typically use either ANSI or ISO. The keycodes corresponding to these layouts are shown here:
<!-- Source for this image: https://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
![Keyboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/5wsh5wM.png)
## How Can I Make Custom Names For Complex Keycodes?
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ The key found on most modern keyboards that is located between `KC_RGUI` and `KC
Use keycode for Print Screen(`KC_PSCREEN` or `KC_PSCR`) instead of `KC_SYSREQ`. Key combination of 'Alt + Print Screen' is recognized as 'System request'.
See [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) and
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
## Power Keys Aren't Working
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ Modifier keys or layers can be stuck unless layer switching is configured proper
For Modifier keys and layer actions you have to place `KC_TRANS` on same position of destination layer to unregister the modifier key or return to previous layer on release event.
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#31-momentary-switching
* https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/248
## Mechanical Lock Switch Support
This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like [this Alps one](https://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). You can enable it by adding this to your `config.h`:
This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like [this Alps one](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). You can enable it by adding this to your `config.h`:
```
#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE

View File

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
# Miscellaneous FAQ
## How do I test my keyboard? :id=testing
Testing your keyboard is usually pretty straightforward. Press every single key and make sure it sends the keys you expect. You can use [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm/#/test/)'s test mode to check your keyboard, even if it doesn't run QMK.
## Safety Considerations
You probably don't want to "brick" your keyboard, making it impossible
to rewrite firmware onto it. Here are some of the parameters to show
what things are (and likely aren't) too risky.
- If your keyboard map does not include RESET, then, to get into DFU
mode, you will need to press the reset button on the PCB, which
requires unscrewing the bottom.
- Messing with tmk_core / common files might make the keyboard
inoperable
- Too large a .hex file is trouble; `make dfu` will erase the block,
test the size (oops, wrong order!), which errors out, failing to
flash the keyboard, leaving it in DFU mode.
- To this end, note that the maximum .hex file size on e.g. Planck
is 7000h (28672 decimal)
```
Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf [OK]
Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex [OK]
Size after:
text data bss dec hex filename
0 22396 0 22396 577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
```
- The above file is of size 22396/577ch, which is less than
28672/7000h
- As long as you have a suitable alternative .hex file around, you
can retry, loading that one
- Some of the options you might specify in your keyboard's Makefile
consume extra memory; watch out for BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE,
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
you throw in an extra fruit salad of options), so there is little risk
there.
- EEPROM has around a 100000 (100k) write cycle. You shouldn't rewrite
the firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
eventually.
## NKRO Doesn't work
First you have to compile firmware with the build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
Try `Magic` **N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work and you will need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
If your firmware was built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic` **N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and kept over power cycles.
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
## TrackPoint Needs Reset Circuit (PS/2 Mouse Support)
Without reset circuit you will have inconsistent result due to improper initialization of the hardware. See circuit schematic of TPM754:
- https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- https://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
## Can't Read Column of Matrix Beyond 16
Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in [matrix.h] when your columns goes beyond 16.
In C `1` means one of [int] type which is [16 bit] in case of AVR, so you can't shift left more than 15. Thus, calculating `1<<16` will unexpectedly equal zero. To work around this, you have to use [unsigned long] type with `1UL`.
https://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
## Special Extra Key Doesn't Work (System, Audio Control Keys)
You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to use them in QMK.
```
EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control
```
## Wake from Sleep Doesn't Work
In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in **Power Management** property tab of **Device Manager**. Also check your BIOS settings. Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
## Using Arduino?
**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
- https://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- https://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
## Enabling JTAG
By default, the JTAG debugging interface is disabled as soon as the keyboard starts up. JTAG-capable MCUs come from the factory with the `JTAGEN` fuse set, and it takes over certain pins of the MCU that the board may be using for the switch matrix, LEDs, etc.
If you would like to keep JTAG enabled, just add the following to your `config.h`:
```c
#define NO_JTAG_DISABLE
```
## USB 3 Compatibility
Some problems can be fixed by switching from a USB 3.x port to a USB 2.0 port.
## Mac Compatibility
### OS X 10.11 and Hub
See here: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
## Problem in BIOS (UEFI) Setup/Resume (Sleep & Wake)/Power Cycles
Some people reported their keyboard stops working in BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
As of now the root cause is not clear, but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile, try to disable options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others.
More info:
- https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
- https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778

View File

@@ -23,141 +23,6 @@ These allow you to combine a modifier with a keycode. When pressed, the keydown
You can also chain them, for example `LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))` or `C(A(KC_DEL))` makes a key that sends Control+Alt+Delete with a single keypress.
# Checking Modifier State :id=checking-modifier-state
The current modifier state can mainly be accessed with two functions: `get_mods()` for normal modifiers and modtaps and `get_oneshot_mods()` for one-shot modifiers (unless they're held, in which case they act like normal modifier keys).
The presence of one or more specific modifiers in the current modifier state can be detected by ANDing the modifier state with a mod mask corresponding to the set of modifiers you want to match for. The reason why bitwise operators are used is that the modifier state is stored as a single byte in the format (GASC)<sub>R</sub>(GASC)<sub>L</sub>.
Thus, to give an example, `01000010` would be the internal representation of LShift+RAlt.
For more information on bitwise operators in C, click [here](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bitwise_operations_in_C) to open the Wikipedia page on the topic.
In practice, this means that you can check whether a given modifier is active with `get_mods() & MOD_BIT(KC_<modifier>)` (see the [list of modifier keycodes](keycodes_basic.md#modifiers)) or with `get_mods() & MOD_MASK_<modifier>` if the difference between left and right hand modifiers is not important and you want to match both. Same thing can be done for one-shot modifiers if you replace `get_mods()` with `get_oneshot_mods()`.
To check that *only* a specific set of mods is active at a time, AND the modifier state and your desired mod mask as explained above and compare the result to the mod mask itself: `get_mods() & <mod mask> == <mod mask>`.
For example, let's say you want to trigger a piece of custom code if one-shot left control and one-shot left shift are on but every other one-shot mods are off. To do so, you can compose the desired mod mask by combining the mod bits for left control and shift with `(MOD_BIT(KC_LCTL) | MOD_BIT(KC_LSFT))` and then plug it in: `get_oneshot_mods & (MOD_BIT(KC_LCTL) | MOD_BIT(KC_LSFT)) == (MOD_BIT(KC_LCTL) | MOD_BIT(KC_LSFT))`. Using `MOD_MASK_CS` instead for the mod bitmask would have forced you to press four modifier keys (both versions of control and shift) to fulfill the condition.
The full list of mod masks is as follows:
| Mod Mask Name | Matching Modifiers |
|--------------------|------------------------------------------------|
| `MOD_MASK_CTRL` | LCTRL , RCTRL |
| `MOD_MASK_SHIFT` | LSHIFT , RSHIFT |
| `MOD_MASK_ALT` | LALT , RALT |
| `MOD_MASK_GUI` | LGUI , RGUI |
| `MOD_MASK_CS` | CTRL , SHIFT |
| `MOD_MASK_CA` | (L/R)CTRL , (L/R)ALT |
| `MOD_MASK_CG` | (L/R)CTRL , (L/R)GUI |
| `MOD_MASK_SA` | (L/R)SHIFT , (L/R)ALT |
| `MOD_MASK_SG` | (L/R)SHIFT , (L/R)GUI |
| `MOD_MASK_AG` | (L/R)ALT , (L/R)GUI |
| `MOD_MASK_CSA` | (L/R)CTRL , (L/R)SHIFT , (L/R)ALT |
| `MOD_MASK_CSG` | (L/R)CTRL , (L/R)SHIFT , (L/R)GUI |
| `MOD_MASK_CAG` | (L/R)CTRL , (L/R)ALT , (L/R)GUI |
| `MOD_MASK_SAG` | (L/R)SHIFT , (L/R)ALT , (L/R)GUI |
| `MOD_MASK_CSAG` | (L/R)CTRL , (L/R)SHIFT , (L/R)ALT , (L/R)GUI |
Aside from accessing the currently active modifiers using `get_mods()`, there exists some other functions you can use to modify the modifier state, where the `mods` argument refers to the modifiers bitmask.
* `add_mods(mods)`: Enable `mods` without affecting any other modifiers
* `register_mods(mods)`: Like `add_mods` but send a keyboard report immediately.
* `del_mods(mods)`: Disable `mods` without affecting any other modifiers
* `unregister_mods(mods)`: Like `del_mods` but send a keyboard report immediately.
* `set_mods(mods)`: Overwrite current modifier state with `mods`
* `clear_mods()`: Reset the modifier state by disabling all modifiers
Similarly, in addition to `get_oneshot_mods()`, there also exists these functions for one-shot mods:
* `add_oneshot_mods(mods)`: Enable `mods` without affecting any other one-shot modifiers
* `del_oneshot_mods(mods)`: Disable `mods` without affecting any other one-shot modifiers
* `set_oneshot_mods(mods)`: Overwrite current one-shot modifier state with `mods`
* `clear_oneshot_mods()`: Reset the one-shot modifier state by disabling all one-shot modifiers
## Examples :id=examples
The following examples use [advanced macro functions](feature_macros.md#advanced-macro-functions) which you can read more about in the [documentation page on macros](feature_macros.md).
### Alt + Escape for Alt + Tab :id=alt-escape-for-alt-tab
Simple example where chording Left Alt with `KC_ESC` makes it behave like `KC_TAB` for alt-tabbing between applications. This example strictly checks if only Left Alt is active, meaning you can't do Alt+Shift+Esc to switch between applications in reverse order. Also keep in mind that this removes the ability to trigger the actual Alt+Escape keyboard shortcut, though it keeps the ability to do AltGr+Escape.
```c
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
switch (keycode) {
case KC_ESC:
// Detect the activation of only Left Alt
if ((get_mods() & MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)) == MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)) {
if (record->event.pressed) {
// No need to register KC_LALT because it's already active.
// The Alt modifier will apply on this KC_TAB.
register_code(KC_TAB);
} else {
unregister_code(KC_TAB);
}
// Do not let QMK process the keycode further
return false;
}
// Else, let QMK process the KC_ESC keycode as usual
return true;
}
return true;
};
```
### Shift + Backspace for Delete :id=shift-backspace-for-delete
Advanced example where the original behaviour of shift is cancelled when chorded with `KC_BSPC` and is instead fully replaced by `KC_DEL`. Two main variables are created to make this work well: `mod_state` and `delkey_registered`. The first one stores the modifier state and is used to restore it after registering `KC_DEL`. The second variable is a boolean variable (true or false) which keeps track of the status of `KC_DEL` to manage the release of the whole Backspace/Delete key correctly.
As opposed to the previous example, this doesn't use strict modifier checking. Pressing `KC_BSPC` while one or two shifts are active is enough to trigger this custom code, regardless of the state of other modifiers. That approach offers some perks: Ctrl+Shift+Backspace lets us delete the next word (Ctrl+Delete) and Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Backspace lets us execute the Ctrl+Alt+Del keyboard shortcut.
```c
// Initialize variable holding the binary
// representation of active modifiers.
uint8_t mod_state;
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
// Store the current modifier state in the variable for later reference
mod_state = get_mods();
switch (keycode) {
case KC_BSPC:
{
// Initialize a boolean variable that keeps track
// of the delete key status: registered or not?
static bool delkey_registered;
if (record->event.pressed) {
// Detect the activation of either shift keys
if (mod_state & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) {
// First temporarily canceling both shifts so that
// shift isn't applied to the KC_DEL keycode
del_mods(MOD_MASK_SHIFT);
register_code(KC_DEL);
// Update the boolean variable to reflect the status of KC_DEL
delkey_registered = true;
// Reapplying modifier state so that the held shift key(s)
// still work even after having tapped the Backspace/Delete key.
set_mods(mod_state);
return false;
}
} else { // on release of KC_BSPC
// In case KC_DEL is still being sent even after the release of KC_BSPC
if (delkey_registered) {
unregister_code(KC_DEL);
delkey_registered = false;
return false;
}
}
// Let QMK process the KC_BSPC keycode as usual outside of shift
return true;
}
}
return true;
};
```
# Legacy Content :id=legacy-content
This page used to encompass a large set of features. We have moved many sections that used to be part of this page to their own pages. Everything below this point is simply a redirect so that people following old links on the web find what they're looking for.

View File

@@ -1,117 +1,21 @@
# Audio
Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a spare pin you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any AVR keyboard that allows access to certain PWM-capable pins, you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
To activate this feature, add `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`.
Up to two simultaneous audio voices are supported, one driven by timer 1 and another driven by timer 3. The following pins can be defined as audio outputs in config.h:
## AVR based boards
On Atmega32U4 based boards, up to two simultaneous tones can be rendered.
With one speaker connected to a PWM capable pin on PORTC driven by timer 3 and the other on one of the PWM pins on PORTB driven by timer 1.
Timer 1:
`#define B5_AUDIO`
`#define B6_AUDIO`
`#define B7_AUDIO`
The following pins can be configured as audio outputs in `config.h` - for one speaker set eiter one out of:
Timer 3:
`#define C4_AUDIO`
`#define C5_AUDIO`
`#define C6_AUDIO`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN C4`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN C5`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN C6`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN B5`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN B6`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN B7`
If you add `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`, there's a couple different sounds that will automatically be enabled without any other configuration:
and *optionally*, for a second speaker, one of:
* `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B5`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B6`
* `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B7`
### Wiring
per speaker is - for example with a piezo buzzer - the black lead to Ground, and the red lead connected to the selected AUDIO_PIN for the primary; and similarly with AUDIO_PIN_ALT for the secondary.
## ARM based boards
for more technical details, see the notes on [Audio driver](audio_driver.md).
<!-- because I'm not sure where to fit this in: https://waveeditonline.com/ -->
### DAC (basic)
Most STM32 MCUs have DAC peripherals, with a notable exception of the STM32F1xx series. Generally, the DAC peripheral drives pins A4 or A5. To enable DAC-based audio output on STM32 devices, add `AUDIO_DRIVER = dac_basic` to `rules.mk` and set in `config.h` either:
`#define AUDIO_PIN A4` or `#define AUDIO_PIN A5`
the other DAC channel can optionally be used with a secondary speaker, just set:
`#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT A4` or `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT A5`
Do note though that the dac_basic driver is only capable of reproducing one tone per speaker/channel at a time, for more tones simultaneously, try the dac_additive driver.
#### Wiring:
for two piezos, for example configured as `AUDIO_PIN A4` and `AUDIO_PIN_ALT A5` would be: red lead to A4 and black to Ground, and similarly with the second one: A5 = red, and Ground = black
another alternative is to drive *one* piezo with both DAC pins - for an extra "push".
wiring red to A4 and black to A5 (or the other way round) and add `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT_AS_NEGATIVE` to `config.h`
##### Proton-C Example:
The Proton-C comes (optionally) with one 'builtin' piezo, which is wired to A4+A5.
For this board `config.h` would include these defines:
```c
#define AUDIO_PIN A5
#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT A4
#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT_AS_NEGATIVE
```
### DAC (additive)
Another option, besides dac_basic (which produces sound through a square-wave), is to use the DAC to do additive wave synthesis.
With a number of predefined wave-forms or by providing your own implementation to generate samples on the fly.
To use this feature set `AUDIO_DRIVER = dac_additive` in your `rules.mk`, and select in `config.h` EITHER `#define AUDIO_PIN A4` or `#define AUDIO_PIN A5`.
The used waveform *defaults* to sine, but others can be selected by adding one of the following defines to `config.h`:
* `#define AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_WAVEFORM_SINE`
* `#define AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_WAVEFORM_TRIANGLE`
* `#define AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_WAVEFORM_TRAPEZOID`
* `#define AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_WAVEFORM_SQUARE`
Should you rather choose to generate and use your own sample-table with the DAC unit, implement `uint16_t dac_value_generate(void)` with your keyboard - for an example implementation see keyboards/planck/keymaps/synth_sample or keyboards/planck/keymaps/synth_wavetable
### PWM (software)
if the DAC pins are unavailable (or the MCU has no usable DAC at all, like STM32F1xx); PWM can be an alternative.
Note that there is currently only one speaker/pin supported.
set in `rules.mk`:
`AUDIO_DRIVER = pwm_software` and in `config.h`:
`#define AUDIO_PIN C13` (can be any pin) to have the selected pin output a pwm signal, generated from a timer callback which toggles the pin in software.
#### Wiring
the usual piezo wiring: red goes to the selected AUDIO_PIN, black goes to ground.
OR if you can chose to drive one piezo with two pins, for example `#define AUDIO_PIN B1`, `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT B2` in `config.h`, with `#define AUDIO_PIN_ALT_AS_NEGATIVE` - then the red lead could go to B1, the black to B2.
### PWM (hardware)
STM32F1xx have to fall back to using PWM, but can do so in hardware; but again on currently only one speaker/pin.
`AUDIO_DRIVER = pwm_hardware` in `rules.mk`, and in `config.h`:
`#define AUDIO_PIN A8`
`#define AUDIO_PWM_DRIVER PWMD1`
`#define AUDIO_PWM_CHANNEL 1`
(as well as `#define AUDIO_PWM_PAL_MODE 42` if you are on STM32F2 or larger)
which will use Timer 1 to directly drive pin PA8 through the PWM hardware (TIM1_CH1 = PA8).
Should you want to use the pwm-hardware on another pin and timer - be ready to dig into the STM32 data-sheet to pick the right TIMx_CHy and pin-alternate function.
## Tone Multiplexing
Since most drivers can only render one tone per speaker at a time (with the one exception: arm dac-additive) there also exists a "workaround-feature" that does time-slicing/multiplexing - which does what the name implies: cycle through a set of active tones (e.g. when playing chords in Music Mode) at a given rate, and put one tone at a time out through the one/few speakers that are available.
To enable this feature, and configure a starting-rate, add the following defines to `config.h`:
```c
#define AUDIO_ENABLE_TONE_MULTIPLEXING
#define AUDIO_TONE_MULTIPLEXING_RATE_DEFAULT 10
```
The audio core offers interface functions to get/set/change the tone multiplexing rate from within `keymap.c`.
## Songs
There's a couple of different sounds that will automatically be enabled without any other configuration:
```
STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
@@ -163,34 +67,15 @@ The available keycodes for audio are:
* `AU_OFF` - Turn Audio Feature off
* `AU_TOG` - Toggle Audio Feature state
!> These keycodes turn all of the audio functionality on and off. Turning it off means that audio feedback, audio clicky, music mode, etc. are disabled, completely.
## Tempo
the 'speed' at which SONGs are played is dictated by the set Tempo, which is measured in beats-per-minute. Note lenghts are defined relative to that.
The initial/default tempo is set to 120 bpm, but can be configured by setting `TEMPO_DEFAULT` in `config.c`.
There is also a set of functions to modify the tempo from within the user/keymap code:
```c
void audio_set_tempo(uint8_t tempo);
void audio_increase_tempo(uint8_t tempo_change);
void audio_decrease_tempo(uint8_t tempo_change);
```
!> These keycodes turn all of the audio functionality on and off. Turning it off means that audio feedback, audio clicky, music mode, etc. are disabled, completely.
## ARM Audio Volume
For ARM devices, you can adjust the DAC sample values. If your board is too loud for you or your coworkers, you can set the max using `AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX` in your `config.h`:
For ARM devices, you can adjust the DAC sample values. If your board is too loud for you or your coworkers, you can set the max using `DAC_SAMPLE_MAX` in your `config.h`:
```c
#define AUDIO_DAC_SAMPLE_MAX 4095U
#define DAC_SAMPLE_MAX 65535U
```
the DAC usually runs in 12Bit mode, hence a volume of 100% = 4095U
Note: this only adjusts the volume aka 'works' if you stick to WAVEFORM_SQUARE, since its samples are generated on the fly - any other waveform uses a hardcoded/precomputed sample-buffer.
## Voices
Aka "audio effects", different ones can be enabled by setting in `config.h` these defines:
`#define AUDIO_VOICES` to enable the feature, and `#define AUDIO_VOICE_DEFAULT something` to select a specific effect
for details see quantum/audio/voices.h and .c
## Music Mode
@@ -330,6 +215,12 @@ This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c` to s
AU_OFF,
AU_TOG,
#ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
FC_ON,
FC_OFF,
FC_TOG,
#endif
// Music mode on/off/toggle
MU_ON,
MU_OFF,

View File

@@ -93,18 +93,18 @@ BACKLIGHT_DRIVER = pwm
On AVR boards, QMK automatically decides which driver to use according to the following table:
|Backlight Pin|AT90USB64/128|AT90USB162|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega16/32U2|ATmega32A|ATmega328/P|
|-------------|-------------|----------|-------------|-------------|---------|-----------|
|`B1` | | | | | |Timer 1 |
|`B2` | | | | | |Timer 1 |
|`B5` |Timer 1 | |Timer 1 | | | |
|`B6` |Timer 1 | |Timer 1 | | | |
|`B7` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | |
|`C4` |Timer 3 | | | | | |
|`C5` |Timer 3 |Timer 1 | |Timer 1 | | |
|`C6` |Timer 3 |Timer 1 |Timer 3 |Timer 1 | | |
|`D4` | | | | |Timer 1 | |
|`D5` | | | | |Timer 1 | |
|Backlight Pin|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega16/32U2|ATmega32A|ATmega328/P|
|-------------|-------------|-------------|-------------|---------|-----------|
|`B1` | | | | |Timer 1 |
|`B2` | | | | |Timer 1 |
|`B5` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | | |
|`B6` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | | |
|`B7` |Timer 1 |Timer 1 |Timer 1 | | |
|`C4` |Timer 3 | | | | |
|`C5` |Timer 3 | |Timer 1 | | |
|`C6` |Timer 3 |Timer 3 |Timer 1 | | |
|`D4` | | | |Timer 1 | |
|`D5` | | | |Timer 1 | |
All other pins will use timer-assisted software PWM:

View File

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Not all keycodes below will work depending on which haptic mechanism you have ch
First you will need a build a circuit to drive the solenoid through a mosfet as most MCU will not be able to provide the current needed to drive the coil in the solenoid.
[Wiring diagram provided by Adafruit](https://cdn-shop.adafruit.com/product-files/412/solenoid_driver.pdf)
[Wiring diagram provided by Adafruit](https://playground.arduino.cc/uploads/Learning/solenoid_driver.pdf)
| Settings | Default | Description |

View File

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ void leader_start(void) {
}
void leader_end(void) {
// sequence ended (no success/failure detection)
// sequence ended (no success/failuer detection)
}
```

View File

@@ -10,11 +10,9 @@ If you want to use RGB LED's you should use the [RGB Matrix Subsystem](feature_r
There is basic support for addressable LED matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
```make
LED_MATRIX_ENABLE = yes
LED_MATRIX_DRIVER = IS31FL3731
```
LED_MATRIX_ENABLE = yes
LED_MATRIX_DRIVER = IS31FL3731
You can use between 1 and 4 IS31FL3731 IC's. Do not specify `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_<N>` defines for IC's that are not present on your keyboard. You can define the following items in `config.h`:
| Variable | Description | Default |
@@ -22,7 +20,7 @@ You can use between 1 and 4 IS31FL3731 IC's. Do not specify `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_<N>
| `ISSI_TIMEOUT` | (Optional) How long to wait for i2c messages | 100 |
| `ISSI_PERSISTENCE` | (Optional) Retry failed messages this many times | 0 |
| `LED_DRIVER_COUNT` | (Required) How many LED driver IC's are present | |
| `DRIVER_LED_TOTAL` | (Required) How many LED lights are present across all drivers | |
| `LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT` | (Required) How many LED lights are present across all drivers | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1` | (Required) Address for the first LED driver | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2` | (Optional) Address for the second LED driver | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_3` | (Optional) Address for the third LED driver | |
@@ -30,40 +28,35 @@ You can use between 1 and 4 IS31FL3731 IC's. Do not specify `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_<N>
Here is an example using 2 drivers.
```c
// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
#define LED_DRIVER_COUNT 2
#define LED_DRIVER_1_LED_COUNT 25
#define LED_DRIVER_2_LED_COUNT 24
#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL LED_DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + LED_DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
```
#define LED_DRIVER_COUNT 2
#define LED_DRIVER_1_LED_COUNT 25
#define LED_DRIVER_2_LED_COUNT 24
#define LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT LED_DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + LED_DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
```c
const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
* driver
* | LED address
* | | */
{ 0, C1_1 },
{ 0, C1_15 },
// ...
}
```
const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
* driver
* | LED address
* | | */
{0, C3_3},
....
}
Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](https://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0`, `1`, `2`, or `3` ).
Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0`, `1`, `2`, or `3` ).
## Keycodes
@@ -73,28 +66,26 @@ All LED matrix keycodes are currently shared with the [backlight system](feature
Currently no LED matrix effects have been created.
## Custom Layer Effects
## Custom layer effects
Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
```c
void led_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
led_matrix_set_index_value(index, value);
}
```
void led_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
led_matrix_set_index_value(index, value);
}
A similar function works in the keymap as `led_matrix_indicators_user`.
## Suspended State
## Suspended state
To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
```c
void suspend_power_down_kb(void) {
led_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
}
void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
{
led_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
}
void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void) {
led_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
}
```
void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
{
led_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
}

View File

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Macros allow you to send multiple keystrokes when pressing just one key. QMK has
!> **Security Note**: While it is possible to use macros to send passwords, credit card numbers, and other sensitive information it is a supremely bad idea to do so. Anyone who gets a hold of your keyboard will be able to access that information by opening a text editor.
## `SEND_STRING()` & `process_record_user`
## The New Way: `SEND_STRING()` & `process_record_user`
Sometimes you want a key to type out words or phrases. For the most common situations, we've provided `SEND_STRING()`, which will type out a string (i.e. a sequence of characters) for you. All ASCII characters that are easily translatable to a keycode are supported (e.g. `qmk 123\n\t`).
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro, if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
?> You can also use the functions described in [Useful function](ref_functions.md) and [Checking modifier state](feature_advanced_keycodes#checking-modifier-state) for additional functionality. For example, `reset_keyboard()` allows you to reset the keyboard as part of a macro and `get_mods() & MOD_MASK_SHIFT` lets you check for the existence of active shift modifiers.
?> You can also use the functions described in [Useful functions](ref_functions.md) for additional functionality. For example `reset_keyboard()` allows you to reset the keyboard as part of a macro.
### `record->event.pressed`
@@ -233,15 +233,9 @@ Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the c
### `tap_code(<kc>);`
Sends `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
If `TAP_CODE_DELAY` is defined (default 0), this function waits that many milliseconds before calling `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This can be useful when you are having issues with taps (un)registering.
If the keycode is `KC_CAPS`, it waits `TAP_HOLD_CAPS_DELAY` milliseconds instead (default 80), as macOS prevents accidental Caps Lock activation by waiting for the key to be held for a certain amount of time.
### `tap_code_delay(<kc>, <delay>);`
Like `tap_code(<kc>)`, but with a `delay` parameter for specifying arbitrary intervals before sending the unregister event.
If you're having issues with taps (un)registering, you can add a delay between the register and unregister events by setting `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100` in your `config.h` file. The value is in milliseconds.
### `register_code16(<kc>);`, `unregister_code16(<kc>);` and `tap_code16(<kc>);`
@@ -268,15 +262,15 @@ This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
This macro will register `KC_LALT` and tap `KC_TAB`, then wait for 1000ms. If the key is tapped again, it will send another `KC_TAB`; if there is no tap, `KC_LALT` will be unregistered, thus allowing you to cycle through windows.
```c
bool is_alt_tab_active = false; // ADD this near the begining of keymap.c
uint16_t alt_tab_timer = 0; // we will be using them soon.
bool is_alt_tab_active = false; # ADD this near the begining of keymap.c
uint16_t alt_tab_timer = 0; # we will be using them soon.
enum custom_keycodes { // Make sure have the awesome keycode ready
enum custom_keycodes { # Make sure have the awesome keycode ready
ALT_TAB = SAFE_RANGE,
};
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
switch (keycode) { // This will do most of the grunt work with the keycodes.
switch (keycode) { # This will do most of the grunt work with the keycodes.
case ALT_TAB:
if (record->event.pressed) {
if (!is_alt_tab_active) {
@@ -293,7 +287,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
return true;
}
void matrix_scan_user(void) { // The very important timer.
void matrix_scan_user(void) { # The very important timer.
if (is_alt_tab_active) {
if (timer_elapsed(alt_tab_timer) > 1000) {
unregister_code(KC_LALT);
@@ -302,3 +296,104 @@ void matrix_scan_user(void) { // The very important timer.
}
}
```
---
## **(DEPRECATED)** The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
!> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommended that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
By default QMK assumes you don't have any macros. To define your macros you create an `action_get_macro()` function. For example:
```c
const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
if (record->event.pressed) {
switch(id) {
case 0:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
case 1:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
}
}
return MACRO_NONE;
};
```
This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If instead you'd like them to run when the key is released you can change the if statement:
if (!record->event.pressed) {
### Macro Commands
A macro can include the following commands:
* I() change interval of stroke in milliseconds.
* D() press key.
* U() release key.
* T() type key(press and release).
* W() wait (milliseconds).
* END end mark.
### Mapping a Macro to a Key
Use the `M()` function within your keymap to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
```c
const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
[0] = LAYOUT(
M(0), M(1)
),
};
const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
if (record->event.pressed) {
switch(id) {
case 0:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
case 1:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
}
}
return MACRO_NONE;
};
```
When you press the key on the left it will type "Hi!" and when you press the key on the right it will type "Bye!".
### Naming Your Macros
If you have a bunch of macros you want to refer to from your keymap while keeping the keymap easily readable you can name them using `#define` at the top of your file.
```c
#define M_HI M(0)
#define M_BYE M(1)
const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
[0] = LAYOUT(
M_HI, M_BYE
),
};
```
## Advanced Example:
### Single-Key Copy/Paste
This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released.
```c
const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
switch(id) {
case 0: {
if (record->event.pressed) {
return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(C), U(LCTL), END );
} else {
return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(V), U(LCTL), END );
}
break;
}
}
return MACRO_NONE;
};
```

View File

@@ -29,9 +29,6 @@ In your keymap you can use the following keycodes to map key presses to mouse ac
|`KC_MS_BTN3` |`KC_BTN3`|Press button 3 |
|`KC_MS_BTN4` |`KC_BTN4`|Press button 4 |
|`KC_MS_BTN5` |`KC_BTN5`|Press button 5 |
|`KC_MS_BTN6` |`KC_BTN6`|Press button 6 |
|`KC_MS_BTN7` |`KC_BTN7`|Press button 7 |
|`KC_MS_BTN8` |`KC_BTN8`|Press button 8 |
|`KC_MS_WH_UP` |`KC_WH_U`|Move wheel up |
|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Move wheel down |
|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Move wheel left |

View File

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Keep in mind that a report_mouse_t (here "mouseReport") has the following proper
* `mouseReport.y` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing movement (+ upward, - downward) on the y axis.
* `mouseReport.v` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing vertical scrolling (+ upward, - downward).
* `mouseReport.h` - this is a signed int from -127 to 127 (not 128, this is defined in USB HID spec) representing horizontal scrolling (+ right, - left).
* `mouseReport.buttons` - this is a uint8_t in which all 8 bits are used. These bits represent the mouse button state - bit 0 is mouse button 1, and bit 7 is mouse button 8.
* `mouseReport.buttons` - this is a uint8_t in which the last 5 bits are used. These bits represent the mouse button state - bit 3 is mouse button 5, and bit 7 is mouse button 1.
Once you have made the necessary changes to the mouse report, you need to send it:
@@ -27,10 +27,6 @@ Once you have made the necessary changes to the mouse report, you need to send i
When the mouse report is sent, the x, y, v, and h values are set to 0 (this is done in `pointing_device_send()`, which can be overridden to avoid this behavior). This way, button states persist, but movement will only occur once. For further customization, both `pointing_device_init` and `pointing_device_task` can be overridden.
Additionally, by default, `pointing_device_send()` will only send a report when the report has actually changed. This prevents it from continuously sending mouse reports, which will keep the host system awake. This behavior can be changed by creating your own `pointing_device_send()` function.
Also, you use the `has_mouse_report_changed(new, old)` function to check to see if the report has changed.
In the following example, a custom key is used to click the mouse and scroll 127 units vertically and horizontally, then undo all of that when released - because that's a totally useful function. Listen, this is an example:
```c

View File

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ It's possible to enable a "scroll button/s" that when pressed will cause the mou
To enable the feature, you must set a scroll button mask as follows:
```c
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE) /* Default */
#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) /* Default */
```
To disable the scroll button feature:

View File

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
}
```
Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](https://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
---
### IS31FL3733/IS31FL3737 :id=is31fl3733is31fl3737
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
}
```
Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](https://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
---
@@ -318,19 +318,6 @@ You can disable a single effect by defining `DISABLE_[EFFECT_NAME]` in your `con
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH` |
|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH` |
### RGB Matrix Effect Typing Heatmap :id=rgb-matrix-effect-typing-heatmap
This effect will color the RGB matrix according to a heatmap of recently pressed
keys. Whenever a key is pressed its "temperature" increases as well as that of
its neighboring keys. The temperature of each key is then decreased
automatically every 25 milliseconds by default.
In order to change the delay of temperature decrease define
`RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP_DECREASE_DELAY_MS`:
```c
#define RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP_DECREASE_DELAY_MS 50
```
## Custom RGB Matrix Effects :id=custom-rgb-matrix-effects

View File

@@ -82,20 +82,15 @@ Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.<br>
Your RGB lighting can be configured by placing these `#define`s in your `config.h`:
|Define |Default |Description |
|---------------------------|----------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP` |`10` |The number of steps to cycle through the hue by |
|`RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP` |`17` |The number of steps to increment the saturation by |
|`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP` |`17` |The number of steps to increment the brightness by |
|`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255` |The maximum brightness level |
|`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP` |*Not defined* |If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep |
|`RGBLIGHT_SPLIT` |*Not defined* |If defined, synchronization functionality for split keyboards is added |
|`RGBLIGHT_DISABLE_KEYCODES`|*Not defined* |If defined, disables the ability to control RGB Light from the keycodes. You must use code functions to control the feature|
|`RGBLIGHT_DEFAULT_MODE` |`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_LIGHT`|The default mode to use upon clearing the EEPROM |
|`RGBLIGHT_DEFAULT_HUE` |`0` (red) |The default hue to use upon clearing the EEPROM |
|`RGBLIGHT_DEFAULT_SAT` |`UINT8_MAX` (255) |The default saturation to use upon clearing the EEPROM |
|`RGBLIGHT_DEFAULT_VAL` |`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |The default value (brightness) to use upon clearing the EEPROM |
|`RGBLIGHT_DEFAULT_SPD` |`0` |The default speed to use upon clearing the EEPROM |
|Define |Default |Description |
|---------------------|-------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP` |`10` |The number of steps to cycle through the hue by |
|`RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP` |`17` |The number of steps to increment the saturation by |
|`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP` |`17` |The number of steps to increment the brightness by |
|`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255` |The maximum brightness level |
|`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP` |*Not defined*|If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep|
|`RGBLIGHT_SPLIT` |*Not defined*|If defined, synchronization functionality for split keyboards is added|
|`RGBLIGHT_DISABLE_KEYCODES`|*not defined*|If defined, disables the ability to control RGB Light from the keycodes. You must use code functions to control the feature|
## Effects and Animations
@@ -153,7 +148,7 @@ The following options are used to tweak the various animations:
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET` |`0` |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by |
|`RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE` |`255` |Range adjustment for the rainbow swirl effect to get different swirls |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH` |`4` |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE_LIFE` |`200` |Adjusts how quickly each LED brightens and dims when twinkling (in animation steps) |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE_LIFE` |`75` |Adjusts how quickly each LED brightens and dims when twinkling (in animation steps) |
|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_TWINKLE_PROBABILITY`|`1/127` |Adjusts how likely each LED is to twinkle (on each animation step) |
### Example Usage to Reduce Memory Footprint
@@ -201,8 +196,6 @@ const uint8_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {255, 170, 127, 85, 64};
## Lighting Layers
?> **Note:** Lighting Layers is an RGB Light feature, it will not work for RGB Matrix. See [RGB Matrix Indicators](feature_rgb_matrix.md?indicators) for details on how to do so.
By including `#define RGBLIGHT_LAYERS` in your `config.h` file you can enable lighting layers. These make
it easy to use your underglow LEDs as status indicators to show which keyboard layer is currently active, or the state of caps lock, all without disrupting any animations. [Here's a video](https://youtu.be/uLGE1epbmdY) showing an example of what you can do.
@@ -210,7 +203,7 @@ it easy to use your underglow LEDs as status indicators to show which keyboard l
By default, 8 layers are possible. This can be expanded to as many as 32 by overriding the definition of `RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS` in `config.h` (e.g. `#define RGBLIGHT_MAX_LAYERS 32`). Please note, if you use a split keyboard, you will need to flash both sides of the split after changing this. Also, increasing the maximum will increase the firmware size, and will slow sync on split keyboards.
To define a layer, we modify `keymap.c` to list the LED ranges and the colors we want to overlay on them using an array of `rgblight_segment_t` using the `RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS` macro. We can define multiple layers and enable/disable them independently:
To define a layer, we modify `keymap.c` to list out LED ranges and the colors we want to overlay on them using an array of `rgblight_segment_t` using the `RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS` macro. We can define multiple layers and enable/disable them independently:
```c
// Light LEDs 6 to 9 and 12 to 15 red when caps lock is active. Hard to ignore!
@@ -226,10 +219,6 @@ const rgblight_segment_t PROGMEM my_layer1_layer[] = RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS(
const rgblight_segment_t PROGMEM my_layer2_layer[] = RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS(
{11, 2, HSV_PURPLE}
);
// Light LEDs 13 & 14 in green when keyboard layer 3 is active
const rgblight_segment_t PROGMEM my_layer3_layer[] = RGBLIGHT_LAYER_SEGMENTS(
{13, 2, HSV_GREEN}
);
// etc..
```
@@ -240,8 +229,7 @@ We combine these layers into an array using the `RGBLIGHT_LAYERS_LIST` macro, an
const rgblight_segment_t* const PROGMEM my_rgb_layers[] = RGBLIGHT_LAYERS_LIST(
my_capslock_layer,
my_layer1_layer, // Overrides caps lock layer
my_layer2_layer, // Overrides other layers
my_layer3_layer // Overrides other layers
my_layer2_layer // Overrides other layers
);
void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
@@ -257,21 +245,17 @@ Everything above just configured the definition of each lighting layer.
We can now enable and disable the lighting layers whenever the state of the keyboard changes:
```c
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
// Both layers will light up if both kb layers are active
rgblight_set_layer_state(1, layer_state_cmp(state, 1));
rgblight_set_layer_state(2, layer_state_cmp(state, 2));
return state;
}
bool led_update_user(led_t led_state) {
rgblight_set_layer_state(0, led_state.caps_lock);
return true;
}
layer_state_t default_layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
rgblight_set_layer_state(1, layer_state_cmp(state, _DVORAK));
return state;
}
layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
rgblight_set_layer_state(2, layer_state_cmp(state, _FN));
rgblight_set_layer_state(3, layer_state_cmp(state, _ADJUST));
return state;
}
```
### Lighting layer blink :id=lighting-layer-blink
@@ -375,7 +359,6 @@ rgblight_sethsv(HSV_GREEN, 2); // led 2
|`rgblight_step_noeeprom()` |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_step_reverse()` |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
|`rgblight_step_reverse_noeeprom()` |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_reload_from_eeprom()` |Reload the effect configuration (enabled, mode and color) from EEPROM |
#### effects mode disable/enable
|Function |Description |
@@ -394,14 +377,14 @@ rgblight_sethsv(HSV_GREEN, 2); // led 2
|`rgblight_increase_hue_noeeprom()` |Increase the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue()` |Decrease the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue |
|`rgblight_decrease_hue_noeeprom()` |Decrease the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_sat()` |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This stops at maximum saturation |
|`rgblight_increase_sat_noeeprom()` |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This stops at maximum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat()` |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This stops at minimum saturation |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat_noeeprom()` |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This stops at minimum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_val()` |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This stops at maximum value |
|`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()` |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This stops at maximum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_val()` |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This stops at minimum value |
|`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()` |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This stops at minimum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_sat()` |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation |
|`rgblight_increase_sat_noeeprom()` |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat()` |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation |
|`rgblight_decrease_sat_noeeprom()` |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_increase_val()` |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value |
|`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()` |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_decrease_val()` |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value |
|`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()` |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value (not written to EEPROM) |
|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)` |Set effect range LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 |
|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)` |Set effect range LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |

View File

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# Space Cadet: The Future, Built In
Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](https://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds, and now even cooler supporting Control and Alt as well!
Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds, and now even cooler supporting Control and Alt as well!
## Usage

View File

@@ -109,10 +109,6 @@ Normally, when a diode is connected to an intersection, it is judged to be left.
#define SPLIT_HAND_MATRIX_GRID_LOW_IS_RIGHT
```
Note that adding a diode at a previously unused intersection will effectively tell the firmware that there is a key held down at that point. You can instruct qmk to ignore that intersection by defining `MATRIX_MASKED` and then defining a `matrix_row_t matrix_mask[MATRIX_ROWS]` array in your keyboard config. Each bit of a single value (starting form the least-significant bit) is used to tell qmk whether or not to pay attention to key presses at that intersection.
While `MATRIX_MASKED` isn't necessary to use `SPLIT_HAND_MATRIX_GRID` successfully, without it you may experience issues trying to suspend your computer with your keyboard attached as the matrix will always report at least one key-press.
#### Handedness by EEPROM
This method sets the keyboard's handedness by setting a flag in the persistent storage (`EEPROM`). This is checked when the controller first starts up, and determines what half the keyboard is, and how to orient the keyboard layout.
@@ -195,12 +191,6 @@ communication protocol and may impact the matrix scan speed when enabled.
The purpose of this feature is to support cosmetic use of modifer state (e.g.
displaying status on an OLED screen).
```c
#define SPLIT_TRANSPORT_MIRROR
```
This mirrors the master side matrix to the slave side for features that react or require knowledge of master side key presses on the slave side. This adds a few bytes of data to the split communication protocol and may impact the matrix scan speed when enabled. The purpose of this feature is to support cosmetic use of key events (e.g. RGB reacting to Keypresses).
### Hardware Configuration Options
There are some settings that you may need to configure, based on how the hardware is set up.
@@ -243,12 +233,7 @@ This sets how many LEDs are directly connected to each controller. The first nu
```c
#define SPLIT_USB_DETECT
```
Enabling this option changes the startup behavior to listen for an active USB communication to delegate which part is master and which is slave. With this option enabled and theres's USB communication, then that half assumes it is the master, otherwise it assumes it is the slave.
Without this option, the master is the half that can detect voltage on the physical USB connection (VBUS detection).
Enabled by default on ChibiOS/ARM.
This option changes the startup behavior to detect an active USB connection when delegating master/slave. If this operation times out, then the half is assume to be a slave. This is the default behavior for ARM, and required for AVR Teensy boards (due to hardware limitations).
?> This setting will stop the ability to demo using battery packs.
@@ -264,13 +249,9 @@ This sets the poll frequency when detecting master/slave when using `SPLIT_USB_D
## Hardware Considerations and Mods
Master/slave delegation is made either by detecting voltage on VBUS connection or waiting for USB communication (`SPLIT_USB_DETECT`). Pro Micro boards can use VBUS detection out of the box and be used with or without `SPLIT_USB_DETECT`.
While most any Pro Micro can be used, micro controllers like the AVR Teensys and most (if not all) ARM boards require the Split USB Detect.
Many ARM boards, but not all, do not support VBUS detection. Because it is common that ARM boards lack VBUS detection, `SPLIT_USB_DETECT` is automatically defined on ARM targets (technically when ChibiOS is targetted).
### Teensy boards
Teensy boards lack VBUS detection out of the box and must have `SPLIT_USB_DETECT` defined. With the Teensy 2.0 and Teensy++ 2.0, there is a simple hardware mod that you can perform to add VBUS detection, so you don't need the `SPLIT_USB_DETECT` option.
However, with the Teensy 2.0 and Teensy++ 2.0, there is a simple hardware mod that you can perform to add VBUS detection, so you don't need the Split USB detection option.
You'll only need a few things:

View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
[Stenography](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stenotype) is a method of writing most often used by court reports, closed-captioning, and real-time transcription for the deaf. In stenography words are chorded syllable by syllable with a mixture of spelling, phonetic, and shortcut (briefs) strokes. Professional stenographers can reach 200-300 WPM without any of the strain usually found in standard typing and with far fewer errors (>99.9% accuracy).
The [Open Steno Project](https://www.openstenoproject.org/) has built an open-source program called Plover that provides real-time translation of steno strokes into words and commands. It has an established dictionary and supports
The [Open Steno Project](http://www.openstenoproject.org/) has built an open-source program called Plover that provides real-time translation of steno strokes into words and commands. It has an established dictionary and supports
## Plover with QWERTY Keyboard :id=plover-with-qwerty-keyboard
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ On the display tab click 'Open stroke display'. With Plover disabled you should
## Learning Stenography :id=learning-stenography
* [Learn Plover!](https://sites.google.com/site/learnplover/)
* [QWERTY Steno](http://qwertysteno.com/Home/)
* [Steno Jig](https://joshuagrams.github.io/steno-jig/)
* More resources at the Plover [Learning Stenography](https://github.com/openstenoproject/plover/wiki/Learning-Stenography) wiki

View File

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ const qk_ucis_symbol_t ucis_symbol_table[] = UCIS_TABLE(
UCIS_SYM("poop", 0x1F4A9), // 💩
UCIS_SYM("rofl", 0x1F923), // 🤣
UCIS_SYM("cuba", 0x1F1E8, 0x1F1FA), // 🇨🇺
UCIS_SYM("look", 0x0CA0, 0x005F, 0x0CA0) // ಠ_ಠ
UCIS_SYM("look", 0x0CA0, 0x005F, 0x0CA0), // ಠ_ಠ
);
```
@@ -126,8 +126,6 @@ The following input modes are available:
Enabled by default and works almost anywhere on IBus-enabled distros. Without IBus, this mode works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
By default, this mode uses Ctrl+Shift+U (`LCTL(LSFT(KC_U))`) to start Unicode input, but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_LNX`](#input-key-configuration) with a different keycode. This might be required for IBus versions ≥1.5.15, where Ctrl+Shift+U behavior is consolidated into Ctrl+Shift+E.
Users who wish support in non-GTK apps without IBus may need to resort to a more indirect method, such as creating a custom keyboard layout ([more on this method](#custom-linux-layout)).
* **`UC_WIN`**: _(not recommended)_ Windows built-in hex numpad Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF`.
To enable, create a registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad` and set its value to `1`. This can be done from the Command Prompt by running `reg add "HKCU\Control Panel\Input Method" -v EnableHexNumpad -t REG_SZ -d 1` with administrator privileges. Reboot afterwards.
@@ -272,22 +270,3 @@ AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
If you enable the US International layout on the system, it will use punctuation to accent the characters. For instance, typing "\`a" will result in à.
You can find details on how to enable this [here](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/17424/windows-change-keyboard-layout).
## Software keyboard layout on Linux :id=custom-linux-layout
This method does not require Unicode support on the keyboard itself but instead uses a custom keyboard layout for Xorg. This is how special characters are inserted by regular keyboards. This does not require IBus and works in practically all software. Help on creating a custom layout can be found [here](https://www.linux.com/news/creating-custom-keyboard-layouts-x11-using-xkb/), [here](http://karols.github.io/blog/2013/11/18/creating-custom-keyboard-layouts-for-linux/) and [here](https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/X_keyboard_extension). An example of how you could edit the `us` layout to gain 🤣 on `RALT(KC_R)`:
Edit the keyboard layout file `/usr/share/X11/xkb/symbols/us`.
Inside `xkb_symbols "basic" {`, add `include "level3(ralt_switch)"`.
Find the line defining the R key and add an entry to the list, making it look like this:
```
key <AD04> { [ r, R, U1F923 ] };
```
Save the file and run the command `setxkbmap us` to reload the layout.
You can define one custom character for key defined in the layout, and another if you populate the fourth layer. Additional layers up to 8th are also possible.
This method is specific to the computer on which you set the custom layout. The custom keys will be available only when Xorg is running. To avoid accidents, you should always reload the layout using `setxkbmap`, otherwise an invalid layout could prevent you from logging into your system, locking you out.

View File

@@ -1,251 +1,242 @@
# Flashing Instructions and Bootloader Information
There are quite a few different types of bootloaders that keyboards use, and almost all of them use their own flashing method and tools. Luckily, projects like the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) aim to support as many of them as possible, but this article will describe the different types of bootloaders, and available methods for flashing them.
There are quite a few different types of bootloaders that keyboards use, and just about all of them use a different flashing method. Luckily, projects like the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) aim to be compatible with all the different types without having to think about it much, but this article will describe the different types of bootloaders, and available methods for flashing them.
For AVR-based keyboards, QMK will automatically calculate if your `.hex` file is the right size to be flashed to the device based on the `BOOTLOADER` value set in `rules.mk`, and output the total size in bytes (along with the max).
If you have a bootloader selected with the `BOOTLOADER` variable in your `rules.mk`, QMK will automatically calculate if your .hex file is the right size to be flashed to the device, and output the total size in bytes (along with the max).
You will also be able to use the CLI to flash your keyboard, by running:
```
$ qmk flash -kb <keyboard> -km <keymap>
```
See the [`qmk flash`](cli_commands.md#qmk-flash) documentation for more information.
## DFU
## Atmel DFU
Atmel's DFU bootloader comes on all atmega32u4 chips by default, and is used by many keyboards that have their own ICs on their PCBs (Older OLKB boards, Clueboards). Some keyboards may also use LUFA's DFU bootloader (or QMK's fork) (Newer OLKB boards) that adds in additional features specific to that hardware.
Atmel's DFU bootloader comes on all USB AVRs by default (except for 16/32U4RC), and is used by many keyboards that have their own ICs on their PCBs (older OLKB boards, Clueboards). Some keyboards may also use LUFA's DFU bootloader, or QMK's fork of it (newer OLKB boards), that adds in additional features specific to that hardware.
To ensure compatibility with the DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk` (optionally with `lufa-dfu` or `qmk-dfu` instead):
To ensure compatibility with the DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk` (optionally with `lufa-dfu` or `qmk-dfu` instead):
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [dfu-programmer](https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer) / `:dfu` target in QMK (recommended command line)
* [dfu-programmer](https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer) / `:dfu` in QMK (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Press the `RESET` keycode
* Press the `RESET` button on the PCB if available
* Short RST to GND quickly
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or tap the RESET button (or short RST to GND).
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Erase the flash memory (will be done automatically if using the Toolbox or CLI/`make` command)
3. Erase the memory (may be done automatically)
4. Flash a .hex file
5. Reset the device into application mode (will be done automatically as above)
5. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
or:
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
### QMK DFU
QMK maintains [a fork of the LUFA DFU bootloader](https://github.com/qmk/lufa/tree/master/Bootloaders/DFU) that additionally performs a simple matrix scan for exiting the bootloader and returning to the application, as well as flashing an LED/making a ticking noise with a speaker when things are happening. To enable these features, add the following defines to your `config.h`:
QMK has a fork of the LUFA DFU bootloader that allows for a simple matrix scan for exiting the bootloader and returning to the application, as well as flashing an LED/making a ticking noise with a speaker when things are happening. To enable these features, use this block in your `config.h` (The key that exits the bootloader needs to be hooked-up to the INPUT and OUTPUT defined here):
```c
#define QMK_ESC_OUTPUT F1 // COL pin if COL2ROW
#define QMK_ESC_INPUT D5 // ROW pin if COL2ROW
// Optional:
//#define QMK_LED E6
//#define QMK_SPEAKER C6
```
Currently we do not recommend making `QMK_ESC` the same key as the one designated for [Bootmagic Lite](feature_bootmagic.md#bootmagic-lite), as holding it down will cause the MCU to loop back and forth between entering and exiting the bootloader.
#define QMK_ESC_OUTPUT F1 // usually COL
#define QMK_ESC_INPUT D5 // usually ROW
#define QMK_LED E6
#define QMK_SPEAKER C6
The manufacturer and product strings are automatically pulled from `config.h`, with " Bootloader" appended to the product string.
The Manufacturer and Product names are automatically pulled from your `config.h`, and "Bootloader" is added to the product.
To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg. `make planck/rev4:default:bootloader`. To generate a production-ready .hex file (combining QMK and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg. `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:bootloader`.
### `make` Targets
To generate a production-ready .hex file (containing the application and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
* `:dfu`: Checks every 5 seconds until a DFU device is available, and then flashes the firmware.
* `:dfu-split-left` and `:dfu-split-right`: Flashes the firmware as with `:dfu`, but also sets the handedness setting in EEPROM. This is ideal for Elite-C-based split keyboards.
### DFU commands
There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a DFU device:
* `:dfu` - This is the normal option and waits until a DFU device is available, and then flashes the firmware. This will check every 5 seconds, to see if a DFU device has appeared.
* `:dfu-ee` - This flashes an `eep` file instead of the normal hex. This is uncommon.
* `:dfu-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Left Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
* `:dfu-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Right Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
## Caterina
Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/ArduinoCore-avr/tree/master/bootloaders/caterina) or a variant of it (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro or clone, and the Pololu A-Star), and uses the AVR109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial.
Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/ArduinoCore-avr/tree/master/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = caterina
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [avrdude](https://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with the `avr109` programmer / `:avrdude` target in QMK (recommended command line)
* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with avr109 / `:avrdude` (recommended command line)
* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters; some variants may require you to reset twice within 750 milliseconds):
* Press the `RESET` keycode
* Press the `RESET` button on the PCB if available
* Short RST to GND quickly
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Wait for the device to reset automatically
### `make` Targets
or
* `:avrdude`: Checks every 5 seconds until a Caterina device is available (by detecting a new COM port), and then flashes the firmware.
* `:avrdude-loop`: Flashes the firmware as with `:avrdude`, but after each device is flashed, will attempt to flash again. This is useful for bulk flashing. Hit Ctrl+C to escape the loop.
* `:avrdude-split-left` and `:avrdude-split-right`: Flashes the firmware as with `:avrdude`, but also sets the handedness setting in EEPROM. This is ideal for Pro Micro-based split keyboards.
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude
## HalfKay
HalfKay is a super-slim bootloader developed by PJRC that presents itself as an HID device (which requires no additional driver), and comes preflashed on all Teensys, namely the 2.0. It is currently closed-source, and thus once overwritten (eg. via ISP flashing another bootloader), cannot be restored.
### Caterina commands
To ensure compatibility with the Halfkay bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a DFU device:
* `:avrdude` - This is the normal option which waits until a Caterina device is available (by detecting a new COM port), and then flashes the firmware.
* `:avrdude-loop` - This runs the same command as `:avrdude`, but after each device is flashed, it will attempt to flash again. This is useful for bulk flashing. _This requires you to manually escape the loop by hitting Ctrl+C._
* `:avrdude-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:avrdude`). However, this also flashes the "Left Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Pro Micro based split keyboards._
* `:avrdude-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:avrdude`). However, this also flashes the "Right Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Pro Micro based split keyboards._
## Halfkay
Halfkay is a super-slim protocol developed by PJRC that uses HID, and comes on all Teensys (namely the 2.0).
To ensure compatibility with the Halfkay bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = halfkay
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [Teensy Loader Command Line](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html) / `:teensy` target in QMK (recommended command line)
* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html)
* [Teensy Loader Command Line](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html) (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters):
* Press the `RESET` keycode
* Press the `RESET` button on the Teensy or PCB if available
* short RST to GND quickly
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## USBasploader
USBasploader is a bootloader originally by [Objective Development](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/usbasploader.html). It emulates a USBasp ISP programmer and is used in some non-USB AVR chips such as the ATmega328P, which run V-USB.
USBasploader is a bootloader developed by matrixstorm. It is used in some non-USB AVR chips such as the ATmega328P, which run V-USB.
To ensure compatibility with the USBasploader bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = USBasp
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [avrdude](https://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with the `usbasp` programmer / `:usbasp` target in QMK (recommended command line)
* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with the `usbasp` programmer
* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Press the `RESET` keycode
* Keep the `BOOT` button held while quickly tapping the `RESET` button on the PCB
1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or keep the boot pin shorted to GND while quickly shorting RST to GND
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Press the `RESET` button on the PCB or short RST to GND
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## BootloadHID
BootloadHID is a USB bootloader for AVR microcontrollers. It presents itself as an HID input device, much like HalfKay, and can therefore be run without installing any driver on Windows.
BootloadHID is a USB bootloader for AVR microcontrollers. The uploader tool requires no kernel level driver on Windows and can therefore be run without installing any DLLs.
To ensure compatibility with the bootloadHID bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
To ensure compatibility with the bootloadHID bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
# Teensy halfkay
# Pro Micro caterina
# Atmel DFU atmel-dfu
# LUFA DFU lufa-dfu
# QMK DFU qmk-dfu
# ATmega32A bootloadHID
# ATmega328P USBasp
BOOTLOADER = bootloadHID
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [bootloadHID CLI](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/bootloadhid.html) / `:bootloadHID` target in QMK (recommended command line)
* [HIDBootFlash](http://vusb.wikidot.com/project:hidbootflash)
* [HIDBootFlash](http://vusb.wikidot.com/project:hidbootflash) (recommended Windows GUI)
* [bootloadhid Command Line](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/bootloadhid.html) / `:BootloadHID` in QMK (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode
* Hold the salt key while plugging the keyboard in - for PS2AVRGB boards, this is usually the key connected to MCU pins A0 and B0, otherwise it will be documented in your keyboard's readme
* Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on all devices)
* Hold the salt key while plugging the keyboard in (usually documented within keyboard readme)
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .hex file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## STM32/APM32 DFU
or:
All STM32 and APM32 MCUs, except for F103 (see the [STM32duino section](#stm32duino)) come preloaded with a factory bootloader that cannot be modified nor deleted.
make <keyboard>:<keymap>:bootloadHID
To ensure compatibility with the STM32-DFU bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk` (optionally with `apm32-dfu` instead):
## STM32
```make
# Bootloader selection
BOOTLOADER = stm32-dfu
```
All STM32 chips come preloaded with a factory bootloader that cannot be modified nor deleted. Some STM32 chips have bootloaders that do not come with USB programming (e.g. STM32F103) but the process is still the same.
At the moment, no `BOOTLOADER` variable is needed on `rules.mk` for STM32.
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [dfu-util](https://dfu-util.sourceforge.net/) / `:dfu-util` target in QMK (recommended command line)
* [dfu-util](https://github.com/Stefan-Schmidt/dfu-util) / `:dfu-util` (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on STM32F042 devices)
* If a reset circuit is present, tap the `RESET` button on the PCB; some boards may also have a toggle switch that must be flipped
* Otherwise, you need to bridge `BOOT0` to VCC (via `BOOT0` button or jumper), short `RESET` to GND (via `RESET` button or jumper), and then let go of the `BOOT0` bridge
* If a reset circuit is present, tap the RESET button
* Otherwise, you need to bridge BOOT0 to VCC (via BOOT0 button or bridge), short RESET to GND (via RESET button or bridge), and then let go of the BOOT0 bridge
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .bin file
* You will receive a warning about the DFU signature; Just ignore it
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
* If you are building from command line (e.g. `make planck/rev6:default:dfu-util`), make sure that `:leave` is passed to the `DFU_ARGS` variable inside your `rules.mk` (e.g. `DFU_ARGS = -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave`) so that your device resets after flashing
### `make` Targets
### STM32 Commands
* `:dfu-util`: Waits until an STM32 bootloader device is available, and then flashes the firmware.
* `:dfu-util-split-left` and `:dfu-util-split-right`: Flashes the firmware as with `:avrdude`, but also sets the handedness setting in EEPROM. This is ideal for Proton-C-based split keyboards.
* `:st-link-cli`: Allows you to flash the firmware via the ST-Link CLI utility, rather than dfu-util. Requires an ST-Link dongle.
* `:st-flash`: Allows you to flash the firmware via the `st-flash` utility from [STLink Tools](https://github.com/stlink-org/stlink), rather than dfu-util. Requires an ST-Link dongle.
There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a STM32 device:
## STM32duino
This bootloader is used almost exclusively for STM32F103 boards, as they do not come with a USB DFU bootloader. The source code and prebuilt binaries can be found [here](https://github.com/rogerclarkmelbourne/STM32duino-bootloader).
To ensure compatibility with the STM32duino bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
```make
# Bootloader selection
BOOTLOADER = stm32duino
```
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [dfu-util](https://dfu-util.sourceforge.net/) / `:dfu-util` target in QMK (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode
* If a reset circuit is present, tap the `RESET` button on the PCB
* Otherwise, you need to bridge `BOOT0` to VCC (via `BOOT0` button or jumper), short `RESET` to GND (via `RESET` button or jumper), and then let go of the `BOOT0` bridge
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .bin file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
## Kiibohd DFU
Keyboards produced by Input Club use NXP Kinetis microcontrollers rather than STM32, and come with their own [custom bootloader](https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/tree/master/Bootloader), however the process and protocol is largely the same.
The `rules.mk` setting for this bootloader is `kiibohd`, but since this bootloader is limited to Input Club boards, it should not be necessary to set at keymap or user level.
Compatible flashers:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
* [dfu-util](https://dfu-util.sourceforge.net/) / `:dfu-util` target in QMK (recommended command line)
Flashing sequence:
1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
* Tap the `RESET` keycode (this may only enter the MCU into a "secure" bootloader mode; see https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/6112)
* Press the `RESET` button on the PCB
2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
3. Flash a .bin file
4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
* `:dfu-util` - The default command for flashing to STM32 devices, and will wait until an STM32 bootloader device is present.
* `:dfu-util-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu-util`). However, this also configures the "Left Side" EEPROM setting for split keyboards.
* `:dfu-util-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu-util`). However, this also configures the "Right Side" EEPROM setting for split keyboards.
* `:st-link-cli` - This allows you to flash the firmware via ST-LINK's CLI utility, rather than dfu-util.
* `:st-flash` - This allows you to flash the firmware via the `st-flash` utility from [STLink Tools](https://github.com/stlink-org/stlink), rather than dfu-util.

View File

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
## Qu'est-ce que QMK Firmware?
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) est une communauté open source qui maintient le firmware QMK, la QMK Toolbox (*Boite à outil*), qmk.fm et leurs documentations. QMKFirmware est un firmware dédié aux claviers qui est basé sur [tmk\_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard). Il offre des fonctionnalités très utiles pour les contrôleurs Atmel AVR, et, plus spécifiquement pour [les produits d'OLKB](https://olkb.com), le clavier [ErgoDox EZ](https://www.ergodox-ez.com), et pour les [produits Clueboard](https://clueboard.co/). Il prend désormais aussi en charge les processeurs ARM qui utilisent ChibiOS. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour contrôler un clavier personnalisé soudé à la main ou alors sur un clavier avec un PCB personnalisé.
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) est une communauté open source qui maintient le firmware QMK, la QMK Toolbox (*Boite à outil*), qmk.fm et leurs documentations. QMKFirmware est un firmware dédié aux claviers qui est basé sur [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard). Il offre des fonctionnalités très utiles pour les contrôleurs Atmel AVR, et, plus spécifiquement pour [les produits d'OLKB](http://olkb.com), le clavier [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com), et pour les [produits Clueboard](http://clueboard.co/). Il prend désormais aussi en charge les processeurs ARM qui utilisent ChibiOS. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour contrôler un clavier personnalisé soudé à la main ou alors sur un clavier avec un PCB personnalisé.
## Comment l'obtenir
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Cette commande compilera la révision `rev4` du clavier `planck` avec la disposi
## Comment le personnaliser
QMK a beaucoup de [fonctionnalités](fr-fr/features.md) à explorer, et [une documentation](https://docs.qmk.fm) très abondante que vous pourrez parcourir. La plupart des fonctionnalités vous permettrons de modifier vos [dispositions](fr-fr/keymap.md) (keymaps) et de changer [les codes de caractères](fr-fr/keycodes.md) (keycodes).
QMK a beaucoup de [fonctionnalités](fr-fr/features.md) à explorer, et [une documentation](http://docs.qmk.fm) très abondante que vous pourrez parcourir. La plupart des fonctionnalités vous permettrons de modifier vos [dispositions](fr-fr/keymap.md) (keymaps) et de changer [les codes de caractères](fr-fr/keycodes.md) (keycodes).

View File

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Merci de garder ceci en tête:
# Aperçu du projet
QMK est majoritairement écrit en C, avec quelques fonctions et parties spécifiques écrites en C++. Il est destiné aux processeurs intégrés que l'on trouve dans des clavier, particulièrement AVR ([LUFA](https://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) et ARM ([ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org)). Si vous maîtrisez déjà la programmation sur Arduino, vous trouverez beaucoup de concepts et de limitations familiers. Une expérience préalable avec les Arduino n'est pas nécessaire à contribuer avec succès à QMK.
QMK est majoritairement écrit en C, avec quelques fonctions et parties spécifiques écrites en C++. Il est destiné aux processeurs intégrés que l'on trouve dans des clavier, particulièrement AVR ([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) et ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com)). Si vous maîtrisez déjà la programmation sur Arduino, vous trouverez beaucoup de concepts et de limitations familiers. Une expérience préalable avec les Arduino n'est pas nécessaire à contribuer avec succès à QMK.
<!-- FIXME: We should include a list of resources for learning C here. -->
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Limited experimentation on the devices I have available shows that 7 is high eno
La documentation est l'une des manières les plus simples de démarrer la contribution sur QMK. Il est simple de trouver des endroits où la documentation est fausse ou incomplète, et il est tout aussi simple de la corriger! Nous avons aussi grandement besoin de quelqu'un pour éditer notre documentation, donc si vous avez des compétences en édition mais que vous n'êtes pas sûr de savoir où aller, n'hésitez pas [demandez de l'aide](#where-can-i-go-for-help)!
Vous trouverez toute notre documentation dans le répertoire `qmk_firmware/docs`, ou si vous préférez utiliser des outils web, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton "Suggest An Edit" en haut de chaque page sur https://docs.qmk.fm/.
Vous trouverez toute notre documentation dans le répertoire `qmk_firmware/docs`, ou si vous préférez utiliser des outils web, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton "Suggest An Edit" en haut de chaque page sur http://docs.qmk.fm/.
Lorsque vous donnez des exemples de code dans la documentation, essayez de suivre les conventions de nommage utilisées ailleurs dans la documentation. Par exemple, standardisez les enums en utilisant `my_layers` ou `my_keycodes` afin de garder une consistance:

View File

@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ La plupart des boards QMK utilisent `0xFEED` comme vendor ID. Vérifiez les autr
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
Vous pouvez acheter un VID:PID unique ici. Je ne pense pas que ce soit nécessaire pour un usage personnel.
- https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- https://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
- http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
## BOOTLOADER_SIZE pour AVR

View File

@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switc
Sans circuit de réinitialisation vous allez avoir des résultats inconsistants à cause de la mauvaise initialisation du matériel. Regardez le schéma du circuit du TPM754.
- https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- https://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
## Impossible de lire la colonne de la matrice après 16
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Utilisez `1UL<<16` à la place de `1<<16` dans `read_cols()` du fichier [matrix.
En C, `1` implique un type [int] qui est [16 bits] pour les AVR, ce qui implique que vous ne pouvez pas décaler à gauche de plus de 15. Si vous utilisez `1<<16`, vous aurez un résultat non attendu de zéro. Vous devez donc utiliser un type [unsigned long] en utilisant `1UL`.
https://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
## Les touches spéciales ne fonctionnent pas (Touche Système, Touches de contrôle du son)
@@ -122,8 +122,8 @@ Appuyer sur n'importe quelle touche en mode veille devrait sortir l'ordinateur d
**Faites attention au fait que le nommage des pin d'un Arduino diffère de la puce**. Par exemple, la pin `D0` n'est pas `PD0`. Vérifiez le circuit avec la fiche technique.
- https://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- https://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
Les Arduino Leonardo et micro ont des **ATMega32U4** et peuvent être utilisés avec TMK, mais le bootloader Arduino peut causer des problèmes.

View File

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Les keycodes sont définies dans [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_f
Il existe 3 configurations de clavier standard utilisées dans le monde: ANSI, ISO et JIS. L'Amérique du Nord utilise principalement l'ANSI, l'Europe et l'Afrique l'ISO et le Japon utilise JIS. Les autres régions utilisent généralement ANSI ou ISO. Les keycodes correspondant à ces dispositions spécifiques sont affichés ici :
<!-- Source for this image: https://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
![Keyboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/5wsh5wM.png)
## Certaines de mes touches sont permutées ou ne fonctionnent pas
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ La touche trouvée sur la plupart des claviers modernes située entre `KC_RGUI`
Utilisez le keycode pour Print Screen (`KC_PSCREEN` or `KC_PSCR`) à la place de `KC_SYSREQ`. La combinaison de touche 'Alt + Print Screen' est reconnue comme 'System request'.
Voir [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) et
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
## Les touches alimentation ne fonctionnent pas
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ Les touches de modification ou les calques peuvent être bloquées si la commuta
Pour les touches de modification et les actions de calque, vous devez placer `KC_TRANS` sur la même position du calque de destination afin de désenregistrer la clé de modificateur ou de revenir au calque précédent lors de la libération.
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#31-momentary-switching
* https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/248
## Support de touche à verrouillage mécanique
Cette fonctionnalité permet l'usage de *touches à verrouillage mécanique* comme [ces interrupteurs Alps](https://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). Vous pouvez l'activer en ajoutant ceci à votre `config.h`:
Cette fonctionnalité permet l'usage de *touches à verrouillage mécanique* comme [ces interrupteurs Alps](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). Vous pouvez l'activer en ajoutant ceci à votre `config.h`:
```
#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE

View File

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ BOOTLOADER = caterina
Flashers compatibles:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (Interface graphique recommandée)
* [avrdude](https://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) avec avr109 / `:avrdude` (Outil en ligne de commande recommandé)
* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) avec avr109 / `:avrdude` (Outil en ligne de commande recommandé)
* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
Séquence de flash :
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ BOOTLOADER = USBasp
Flashers compatibles:
* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (Interface graphique recommandé)
* [avrdude](https://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) avec le programmeur `usbasp`.
* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) avec le programmeur `usbasp`.
* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
Séquence de flash:

View File

@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ GitHub peut être un peu compliqué pour ceux qui n'y sont pas familier. Ce guid
Commencez par la [page GitHub de QMK](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), et vous verrez un bouton dans le coin en haut à droite qui indique "Fork":
![Fork on GitHub](https://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
![Fork on GitHub](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
Si vous faites partie d'une organisation, vous aurez besoin de savoir quel compte utiliser pour le fork. Dans la plupart des cas, vous voudrez créer le fork dans votre compte personnel. Une fois le fork complet (cela peut quelques fois prendre un peu de temps), appuyez sur le bouton "Clone or download":
![Download from GitHub](https://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
![Download from GitHub](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
Faites attention à sélectionner "HTTPS", et sélectionnez le lien et copiez-le:
![HTTPS link](https://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
![HTTPS link](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
Ensuite, entrez `git clone --recurse-submodules ` dans la ligne de commande, et collez votre lien:
@@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
Vos changements existent maintenant dans votre fork sur GitHub. Si vous allez à cette adresse (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), vous pouvez créer un nouveau "Pull Request" en cliquant sur ce bouton:
![New Pull Request](https://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
![New Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
Maintenant, vous pourrez voir exactement ce que vous avez commité. Si ça vous semble bien, vous pouvez le finaliser en cliquant sur "Create Pull Request":
![Create Pull Request](https://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
![Create Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
Une fois transmis, nous pourrons vous parler de vos changements, vous demander de faire des changements, et éventuellement de les accepter!

View File

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
QMK est un firmware Open Source pour votre clavier mécanique. Vous pouvez utiliser QMK pour customiser votre clavier de manière simple et puissante. Tout le monde, du débutant complet au développeur avancé, ont utilisé avec succès QMK pour customiser leur clavier. Ce guide vous aidera à faire de même, quelles que soient vos compétences.
Vous voulez savoir si votre clavier peut utiliser QMK? Si c'est un clavier mécanique que vous avez vous-même construit, il y a de bonnes chances que vous pouvez. Nous supportons un [grand nombre de "hobbyist boards"](https://qmk.fm/keyboards), donc même si votre clavier ne peut pas utiliser QMK, vous ne devriez pas avoir trop de problème pour en trouver un qui vous convienne.
Vous voulez savoir si votre clavier peut utiliser QMK? Si c'est un clavier mécanique que vous avez vous-même construit, il y a de bonnes chances que vous pouvez. Nous supportons un [grand nombre de "hobbyist boards"](http://qmk.fr/keyboards), donc même si votre clavier ne peut pas utiliser QMK, vous ne devriez pas avoir trop de problème pour en trouver un qui vous convienne.
## Vue d'ensemble

View File

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Nous avons essayé de rendre QMK aussi simple que possible à configurer. Vous a
Vous devez installer MSYS2 et Git.
* Suivez les instructions d'installation sur la [page de MSYS2](https://www.msys2.org).
* Suivez les instructions d'installation sur la [page de MSYS2](http://www.msys2.org).
* Fermez tous les terminaux MSYS2 éventuellement ouverts et ouvrez un nouveau terminal MSYS2 MinGW 64-bit.
* Installez Git en lançant la commande: `pacman -S git`.

View File

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Note: ces programmes ne sont ni fournis ni approuvés par QMK.
* [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm/#/test/) (Web)
* [Switch Hitter](https://web.archive.org/web/20190413233743/https://elitekeyboards.com/switchhitter.php) (Windows seulement)
* [Keyboard Viewer](https://www.imore.com/how-use-keyboard-viewer-your-mac) (Mac seulement)
* [Keyboard Tester](https://www.keyboardtester.com) (Web)
* [Keyboard Checker](https://keyboardchecker.com) (Web)
* [Keyboard Tester](http://www.keyboardtester.com) (Web)
* [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com) (Web)
## Débuguer

View File

@@ -4,9 +4,8 @@ This project includes a Docker workflow that will allow you to build a new firmw
## Requirements
The main prerequisite is a working `docker` or `podman` install.
The main prerequisite is a working `docker` install.
* [Docker CE](https://docs.docker.com/install/#supported-platforms)
* [Podman](https://podman.io/getting-started/installation)
## Usage
@@ -39,13 +38,6 @@ util/docker_build.sh
# Reads parameters as input (leave blank for all keyboards/keymaps)
```
You can manually set which container runtime you want to use by setting the `RUNTIME` environment variable to it's name or path.
By default docker or podman are automatically detected and docker is preferred over podman.
```bash
RUNTIME="podman" util/docker_build.sh keyboard:keymap:target
```
## FAQ
### Why can't I flash on Windows/macOS

View File

@@ -6,15 +6,15 @@ GitHub can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide
Start on the [QMK GitHub page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":
![Fork on GitHub](https://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
![Fork on GitHub](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
If you're a part of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
![Download from GitHub](https://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
![Download from GitHub](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:
![HTTPS link](https://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
![HTTPS link](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
From here, enter `git clone --recurse-submodules ` into the command line, and then paste your link:
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
Your changes now exist on your fork on GitHub - if you go back there (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
![New Pull Request](https://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
![New Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
Here you'll be able to see exactly what you've committed - if it all looks good, you can finalize it by clicking "Create Pull Request":
![Create Pull Request](https://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
![Create Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
After submitting, we may talk to you about your changes, ask that you make changes, and eventually accept it! Thanks for contributing to QMK :)

View File

@@ -14,32 +14,16 @@ The full syntax of the `make` command is `<keyboard_folder>:<keymap>:<target>`,
The `<target>` means the following
* If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
* `all` compiles as many keyboard/revision/keymap combinations as specified. For example, `make planck/rev4:default` will generate a single .hex, while `make planck/rev4:all` will generate a hex for every keymap available to the planck.
* `flash`, `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude`, `dfu-util`, or `bootloadHID` compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
Visit the [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md) guide for more details of the available bootloaders.
* **Note**: some operating systems need privileged access for these commands to work. This means that you may need to setup [`udev rules`](faq_build.md#linux-udev-rules) to access these without root access, or to run the command with root access (`sudo make planck/rev4:default:flash`).
* `flash`, `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude`, `dfu-util`, or `bootloadHID` compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
* **Note**: some operating systems need root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make planck/rev4:default:flash`.
* `clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
* `distclean` removes .hex files and .bin files.
The following targets are for developers:
* `show-path` shows the path of the source and object files.
* `dump-vars` dumps the makefile variable.
* `objs-size` displays the size of individual object files.
* `show_build_options` shows the options set in 'rules.mk'.
* `check-md5` displays the md5 checksum of the generated binary file.
You can also add extra options at the end of the make command line, after the target
* `make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
* `make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
* `make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the gcc stuff (not interesting, unless you need to debug)
* `make VERBOSE_LD_CMD=yes` - execute the ld command with the -v option.
* `make VERBOSE_AS_CMD=yes` - execute the as command with the -v option.
* `make VERBOSE_C_CMD=<c_source_file>` - add the -v option when compiling the specified C source file.
* `make DUMP_C_MACROS=<c_source_file>` - dump preprocessor macros when compiling the specified C source file.
* `make DUMP_C_MACROS=<c_source_file> > <logfile>` - dump preprocessor macros to `<logfile>` when compiling the specified C source file.
* `make VERBOSE_C_INCLUDE=<c_source_file>` - dumps the file names to be included when compiling the specified C source file.
* `make VERBOSE_C_INCLUDE=<c_source_file> 2> <logfile>` - dumps the file names to be included to `<logfile>` when compiling the specified C source file.
* `make EXTRAFLAGS=-E` - Preprocess the code without doing any compiling (useful if you are trying to debug #define commands)
The make command itself also has some additional options, type `make --help` for more information. The most useful is probably `-jx`, which specifies that you want to compile using more than one CPU, the `x` represents the number of CPUs that you want to use. Setting that can greatly reduce the compile times, especially if you are compiling many keyboards/keymaps. I usually set it to one less than the number of CPUs that I have, so that I have some left for doing other things while it's compiling. Note that not all operating systems and make versions supports that option.
@@ -121,6 +105,10 @@ For further details, as well as limitations, see the [Unicode page](feature_unic
This allows you output audio on the C6 pin (needs abstracting). See the [audio page](feature_audio.md) for more information.
`FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE`
Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as `AUDIO_ENABLE`.
`VARIABLE_TRACE`
Use this to debug changes to variable values, see the [tracing variables](unit_testing.md#tracing-variables) section of the Unit Testing page for more information.

View File

@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ This project includes a `Vagrantfile` that will allow you to build a new firmwar
## Requirements
Using the `Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](https://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as a supported provider installed:
Using the `Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as a supported provider installed:
* [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (Version at least 5.0.12)
* Sold as 'the most accessible platform to use Vagrant'
* [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](https://www.vagrantup.com/vmware)
* [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware)
* The (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion
* [Docker](https://www.docker.com/)

View File

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ It is fairly simple to plan for an ortholinear keyboard (like a Planck).
![Example Planck matrix](https://i.imgur.com/FRShcLD.png)
Image from [RoastPotatoes' "How to hand wire a Planck"](https://blog.roastpotatoes.co/guide/2015/11/04/how-to-handwire-a-planck/)
But the larger and more complicated your keyboard, the more complex the matrix. [Keyboard Firmware Builder](https://kbfirmware.com/) can help you plan your matrix layout (shown here with a basic fullsize ISO keyboard imported from [Keyboard Layout Editor](https://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com).
But the larger and more complicated your keyboard, the more complex the matrix. [Keyboard Firmware Builder](https://kbfirmware.com/) can help you plan your matrix layout (shown here with a basic fullsize ISO keyboard imported from [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com).
![Example ISO matrix](https://i.imgur.com/UlJ4ZDP.png)
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Established materials and techniques include:
| :-----------| :------- | :------ | :--- | :---
| Lengths of wire with stripped segments | [Sasha Solomon's Dactyl](https://medium.com/@sachee/building-my-first-keyboard-and-you-can-too-512c0f8a4c5f) and [Cribbit's modern hand wire](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=87689.0) | Neat and tidy | Some effort in stripping the wire | ![Stripped wire](https://i.imgur.com/0GNIYY0.jpg)
| Short lengths of wire | [u/xicolinguada's ortho build](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/c39k4f/my_first_hand_wired_keyboard_its_not_perfect_but/) | Easier to strip the wire | More difficult to place | ![individual wire lengths](https://i.imgur.com/mBe5vkL.jpg)
| Magnet/Enamelled wire | [fknraiden's custom board](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=74223.0) | Can be directly soldered onto (insulation burns off with heat) | Appearance? | ![Magnet wire](https://i.imgur.com/b4b7KDb.jpg)
| Magnet/Enamelled wire | [Brett Kosinski's handwired alpha](http://blog.b-ark.ca/Blog-2019-01-27) and [fknraiden's custom board](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=74223.0) | Can be directly soldered onto (insulation burns off with heat) | Appearance? | ![Magnet wire](https://i.imgur.com/b4b7KDb.jpg)
| Bending the legs of the diodes for the rows | [Matt3o's Brownfox](https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=6050) | Fewer solder joints required | Uninsulated | ![Bent diode legs](https://i.imgur.com/aTnG8TV.jpg)
| Using rigid wiring (e.g. brass tube) | [u/d_stilgar's invisible hardline](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/8aw5j2/invisible_hardline_keyboard_progress_update_april/) and [u/jonasfasler's first attempt](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/de1jyv/my_first_attempt_at_handwiring_a_keyboard/) | Very pretty | More difficult. No physical insulation | ![Hardline hand wire](https://i.imgur.com/CnASmPo.jpg)
| Bare wire with insulation added after (e.g. kapton tape) | [Matt3o's 65% on his website](https://matt3o.com/hand-wiring-a-custom-keyboard/) | Easier (no wire stripping required) | Not as attractive | ![Bare wire](https://i.imgur.com/AvXZShD.jpg)
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ As you move along, be sure that the controller is staying in place - recutting a
From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware.
Simple firmware can be created easily using the [Keyboard Firmware Builder](https://kbfirmware.com/) website. Recreate your layout using [Keyboard Layout Editor](https://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com), import it and recreate the matrix (if not already done as part of [planning the matrix](#planning-the-matrix).
Simple firmware can be created easily using the [Keyboard Firmware Builder](https://kbfirmware.com/) website. Recreate your layout using [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com), import it and recreate the matrix (if not already done as part of [planning the matrix](#planning-the-matrix).
Go through the rest of the tabs, assigning keys until you get to the last one where you can compile and download your firmware. The .hex file can be flashed straight onto your keyboard, and the .zip of source files can be modified for advanced functionality and compiled locally using the method described in [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware?id=build-your-firmware).
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Plug in your keyboard and press the reset button (or short the Reset and Ground
## Testing Your Firmware
Use a website such as [QMK Configurator's Keyboard Tester](https://config.qmk.fm/#/test), [Keyboard Tester](https://www.keyboardtester.com/tester.html), or [Keyboard Checker](https://keyboardchecker.com/) or just open a text editor and try typing - you should get the characters that you put into your keymap. Test each key, and make a note of the ones that aren't working. Here's a quick trouble-shooting guide for non-working keys:
Use a website such as [QMK Configurator's Keyboard Tester](https://config.qmk.fm/#/test), [Keyboard Tester](https://www.keyboardtester.com/tester.html), or [Keyboard Checker](http://keyboardchecker.com/) or just open a text editor and try typing - you should get the characters that you put into your keymap. Test each key, and make a note of the ones that aren't working. Here's a quick trouble-shooting guide for non-working keys:
1. Flip the keyboard back over and short the keyswitch's contacts with a piece wire - this will eliminate the possibility of the keyswitch being bad and needing to be replaced.
2. Check the solder points on the keyswitch - these need to be plump and whole. If you touch it with a moderate amount of force and it comes apart, it's not strong enough.
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Once you have confirmed that the keyboard is working, if you have used a seperat
If you found this fullfilling you could experiment by adding additional features such as [in switch LEDs](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=94258.0), [in switch RGB](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/5s1l5u/photoskeyboard_science_i_made_a_handwired_rgb/), [RGB underglow](https://medium.com/@DavidNZ/hand-wired-custom-keyboard-cdd14429c7b3#.7a1ovebsk) or even an [OLED display!](https://www.reddit.com/r/olkb/comments/5zy7og/adding_ssd1306_oled_display_to_your_build/)
There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](https://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different keyboards to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) or [QMK Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh) for help!
There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different keyboards to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit](http://reddit.com/r/olkb) or [QMK Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh) for help!
## Links to Other Guides
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](htt
- [Cribbit's "Modern hand wiring guide - stronger, cleaner, easier"](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=87689.0)
- [Sasha Solomon's "Building my first Keyboard"](https://medium.com/@sachee/building-my-first-keyboard-and-you-can-too-512c0f8a4c5f)
- [RoastPotatoes' "How to hand wire a Planck"](https://blog.roastpotatoes.co/guide/2015/11/04/how-to-handwire-a-planck/)
- [Masterzen's "Handwired keyboard build log"](https://www.masterzen.fr/2018/12/16/handwired-keyboard-build-log-part-1/)
- [Masterzen's "Handwired keyboard build log"](http://www.masterzen.fr/2018/12/16/handwired-keyboard-build-log-part-1/)
# Legacy Content

View File

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ This will create all the files needed to support your new keyboard, and populate
## `readme.md`
This is where you'll describe your keyboard. Please follow the [Keyboard Readme Template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template) when writing your `readme.md`. You're encouraged to place an image at the top of your `readme.md`, please use an external service such as [Imgur](https://imgur.com) to host the images.
This is where you'll describe your keyboard. Please follow the [Keyboard Readme Template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template) when writing your `readme.md`. You're encouraged to place an image at the top of your `readme.md`, please use an external service such as [Imgur](http://imgur.com) to host the images.
## `<keyboard>.c`
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Do change the `MANUFACTURER` and `PRODUCT` lines to accurately reflect your keyb
#define PRODUCT my_awesome_keyboard
```
?> Windows and macOS will display the `MANUFACTURER` and `PRODUCT` in the list of USB devices. `lsusb` on Linux instead prefers the values in the list maintained by the [USB ID Repository](http://www.linux-usb.org/usb-ids.html). By default, it will only use `MANUFACTURER` and `PRODUCT` if the list does not contain that `VENDOR_ID` / `PRODUCT_ID`. `sudo lsusb -v` will show the values reported by the device, and they are also present in kernel logs after plugging it in.
?> Windows and macOS will display the `MANUFACTURER` and `PRODUCT` in the list of USB devices. `lsusb` on Linux instead takes these from the list maintained by the [USB ID Repository](http://www.linux-usb.org/usb-ids.html) by default. `lsusb -v` will show the values reported by the device, and they are also present in kernel logs after plugging it in.
### Keyboard Matrix Configuration

View File

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ As an example, if you have a 60% PCB that supports ANSI and ISO you might define
In an effort to keep the repo size down we're no longer accepting binary files of any format, with few exceptions. Hosting them elsewhere (such as <https://imgur.com>) and linking them in the `readme.md` is preferred.
Hardware files (such as plates, cases, pcb) can be contributed to the [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) and they will be made available on [qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm). Downloadable files are stored in `/<keyboard>/` (name follows the same format as above) which are served at `https://qmk.fm/<keyboard>/`, and pages are generated from `/_pages/<keyboard>/` which are served at the same location (.md files are generated into .html files through Jekyll). Check out the `lets_split` folder for an example.
Hardware files (such as plates, cases, pcb) can be contributed to the [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) and they will be made available on [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm). Downloadable files are stored in `/<keyboard>/` (name follows the same format as above) which are served at `http://qmk.fm/<keyboard>/`, and pages are generated from `/_pages/<keyboard>/` which are served at the same location (.md files are generated into .html files through Jekyll). Check out the `lets_split` folder for an example.
## Keyboard Defaults
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ The year should be the first year the file is created. If work was done to that
## License
The core of QMK is licensed under the [GNU General Public License](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.en.html). If you are shipping binaries for AVR processors you may choose either [GPLv2](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html) or [GPLv3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html). If you are shipping binaries for ARM processors you must choose [GPL Version 3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html) to comply with the [ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org) GPLv3 license.
The core of QMK is licensed under the [GNU General Public License](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/licenses.en.html). If you are shipping binaries for AVR processors you may choose either [GPLv2](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html) or [GPLv3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html). If you are shipping binaries for ARM processors you must choose [GPL Version 3](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html) to comply with the [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) GPLv3 license.
If your keyboard makes use of the [uGFX](https://ugfx.io) features within QMK you must comply with the [uGFX License](https://ugfx.io/license.html), which requires a separate commercial license before selling a device containing uGFX.

View File

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
## מה היא קושחת QMK?
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) היא קהילת קוד פתוח (open source) שמתחזקת את קושחת QMK, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, והמסמכים המתאימים. קושחת QMK היא קושחה עבור מקלדות המבוססת על [tmk\_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) עם כמה תוספות עבור בקרי Atmel AVR ובאופן ספציפי יותר - [מוצרי OLKB](https://olkb.com), מקלדת [ErgoDox EZ](https://www.ergodox-ez.com), וגם [מוצרי Clueboard](https://clueboard.co/). בנוסף, הקושחה עברה פורט עבור שבבי ARM באמצעות ChibiOS. ניתן להשתמש בה על מנת להפעיל את מקלדות ה PCB המקוסטמות שלך.
QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) היא קהילת קוד פתוח (open source) שמתחזקת את קושחת QMK, QMK Toolbox, qmk.fm, והמסמכים המתאימים. קושחת QMK היא קושחה עבור מקלדות המבוססת על [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) עם כמה תוספות עבור בקרי Atmel AVR ובאופן ספציפי יותר - [מוצרי OLKB](http://olkb.com), מקלדת [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com), וגם [מוצרי Clueboard](http://clueboard.co/). בנוסף, הקושחה עברה פורט עבור שבבי ARM באמצעות ChibiOS. ניתן להשתמש בה על מנת להפעיל את מקלדות ה PCB המקוסטמות שלך.
## איך להשיג אותה
@@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) היא קהילת קוד פתוח (open sour
## איך להתאים
לQMK יש המון [יכולות](he-il/features.md) שאפשר לנווט בהן, וכמות נכבדת של [תיעוד ודוקומנטציה](https://docs.qmk.fm) בה אפשר לנבור. רוב הפיצ׳רים באים לידי ביטוי על ידי שינוי [מיפוי המקלדת](he-il/keymap.md) ושינוי [קודי המקשים](he-il/keycodes.md).
לQMK יש המון [יכולות](he-il/features.md) שאפשר לנווט בהן, וכמות נכבדת של [תיעוד ודוקומנטציה](http://docs.qmk.fm) בה אפשר לנבור. רוב הפיצ׳רים באים לידי ביטוי על ידי שינוי [מיפוי המקלדת](he-il/keymap.md) ושינוי [קודי המקשים](he-il/keycodes.md).
</div>

View File

@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ GitHub עלול להיות קצת טריקי למי שלא מכיר את העב
התחילו ב- [עמוד של QMK ב-GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), ותצמאו כפתור בחלק העליון מימין עם התיכוב "Fork":
![Fork ב-GitHub](https://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
![Fork ב-GitHub](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
אם אתם חלק מארגון, תצטרכו לבחור לאיזה חשבון לבצע פעולת fork. ברוב המבקרים, תרצו לבצע fork לתוך החשבון הפרטי שלכם. ברגע שה-fork הסתיים (לפעמים זה יכול לקחת קצת זמן) הקליקו על כפתור ה-"Clone or Download":
![הורדה מ-GitHub](https://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
![הורדה מ-GitHub](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
תוודאו שאתם בוחרים באופצייה של "HTTPS", בחרו את הקישור והעתיקו אותו:
![קישור HTTPS](https://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
![קישור HTTPS](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
מכאן והלאה, הקיש `git clone --recurse-submodules ` בשורת הפקודה והדביקו את הלינק שלכם:
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
השינויים שלכם יופיעו ב-fork שלכם ב-GitHub - אם תחזרו לשם (`https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware`), תוכלו ליצור "Pull Request חדש" ע״י הקשה על הכפתור הבא:
![Pull Request חדש](https://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
![Pull Request חדש](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
כאן תוכלו לראות בדיוק למה עשיתם commit - אם הכל נראה תקין, תוכלו להשלים את הפעולה ע״י הקשה על "Create Pull Request":
![צרו Pull Request](https://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
![צרו Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
אחרי שהגשתם, אנו עלולים לפנות אליכם לגבי השינויים שהצעתם, נבקש שתבצעו שינויים ובסופו של דבר נקבל את השינויים! תודה שתרמתם לפרוייקט QMK :)
</div>

View File

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
<div dir="rtl" markdown="1">
# חומרה
QMK רצה על מגוון של חומרות. אם המעבד שלך יכול להיות ממוקד (מטורגט) ע״י [LUFA](https://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) או [ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org) כנראה שתוכל לגרום ל QMK לרוץ על המעבד. קטע זה מדבר על הרצת QMK, ותקשורת עם, סוגים שונים של חומרות.
QMK רצה על מגוון של חומרות. אם המעבד שלך יכול להיות ממוקד (מטורגט) ע״י [LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php) או [ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com) כנראה שתוכל לגרום ל QMK לרוץ על המעבד. קטע זה מדבר על הרצת QMK, ותקשורת עם, סוגים שונים של חומרות.
* [מדריך למקלדת](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
* [מעבדי AVR](hardware_avr.md)

View File

@@ -95,5 +95,5 @@ Further reading:
- [Wikipedia article](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_matrix_circuit)
- [Deskthority article](https://deskthority.net/wiki/Keyboard_matrix)
- [Keyboard Matrix Help by Dave Dribin (2000)](https://www.dribin.org/dave/keyboard/one_html/)
- [How Key Matrices Works by PCBheaven](https://pcbheaven.com/wikipages/How_Key_Matrices_Works/) (animated examples)
- [How Key Matrices Works by PCBheaven](http://pcbheaven.com/wikipages/How_Key_Matrices_Works/) (animated examples)
- [How keyboards work - QMK documentation](how_keyboards_work.md)

View File

@@ -2,236 +2,132 @@
The I2C Master drivers used in QMK have a set of common functions to allow portability between MCUs.
## I2C Addressing :id=note-on-i2c-addresses
## An important note on I2C Addresses :id=note-on-i2c-addresses
All of the addresses expected by this driver should be pushed to the upper 7 bits of the address byte. Setting
the lower bit (indicating read/write) will be done by the respective functions. Almost all I2C addresses listed
All of the addresses expected by this driver should be pushed to the upper 7 bits of the address byte. Setting
the lower bit (indicating read/write) will be done by the respective functions. Almost all I2C addresses listed
on datasheets and the internet will be represented as 7 bits occupying the lower 7 bits and will need to be
shifted to the left (more significant) by one bit. This is easy to do via the bitwise shift operator `<< 1`.
shifted to the left (more significant) by one bit. This is easy to do via the bitwise shift operator `<< 1`.
You can either do this on each call to the functions below, or once in your definition of the address. For example, if your device has an address of `0x18`:
You can either do this on each call to the functions below, or once in your definition of the address. For example if your device has an address of `0x18`:
```c
#define MY_I2C_ADDRESS (0x18 << 1)
```
`#define MY_I2C_ADDRESS (0x18 << 1)`
See https://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/i2c-tutorial for more information about I2C addressing and other technical details.
## AVR Configuration :id=avr-configuration
## Available functions :id=available-functions
The following defines can be used to configure the I2C master driver:
|Function |Description |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`void i2c_init(void);` |Initializes the I2C driver. This function should be called once before any transaction is initiated. |
|`i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout);` |Starts an I2C transaction. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction bit. |
|`i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Transmit data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Returns status of transaction. |
|`i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Receive data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Saves number of bytes specified by `length` in `data` array. Returns status of transaction. |
|`i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Same as the `i2c_transmit` function but `regaddr` sets where in the slave the data will be written. |
|`i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);` |Same as the `i2c_receive` function but `regaddr` sets from where in the slave the data will be read. |
|`i2c_status_t i2c_stop(void);` |Ends an I2C transaction. |
|`config.h` Override|Description |Default |
|-------------------|---------------------|--------|
|`F_SCL` |Clock frequency in Hz|`400000`|
### Function Return :id=function-return
No further setup is required - just connect the `SDA` and `SCL` pins of your I2C devices to the matching pins on the MCU:
All the above functions, except `void i2c_init(void);` return the following truth table:
|MCU |`SCL`|`SDA`|
|------------------|-----|-----|
|ATmega16/32U4 |`D0` |`D1` |
|AT90USB64/128 |`D0` |`D1` |
|ATmega32A |`C0` |`C1` |
|ATmega328/P |`C5` |`C4` |
|Return Constant |Value|Description |
|--------------------|-----|--------------------------------|
|`I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS`|0 |Operation executed successfully.|
|`I2C_STATUS_ERROR` |-1 |Operation failed. |
|`I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT`|-2 |Operation timed out. |
?> The ATmega16/32U2 does not possess I2C functionality, and so cannot use this driver.
## ChibiOS/ARM Configuration :id=arm-configuration
## AVR :id=avr
You'll need to determine which pins can be used for I2C -- a an example, STM32 parts generally have multiple I2C peripherals, labeled I2C1, I2C2, I2C3 etc.
### Configuration :id=avr-configuration
To enable I2C, modify your board's `halconf.h` to enable I2C:
The following defines can be used to configure the I2C master driver.
|Variable |Description |Default|
|------------------|---------------------------------------------------|-------|
|`F_SCL` |Clock frequency in Hz |400KHz |
AVRs usually have set GPIO which turn into I2C pins, therefore no further configuration is required.
## ARM :id=arm
For ARM the Chibios I2C HAL driver is under the hood.
This section assumes an STM32 MCU.
### Configuration :id=arm-configuration
The configuration for ARM MCUs can be quite complex as often there are multiple I2C drivers which can be assigned to a variety of ports.
Firstly the `mcuconf.h` file must be setup to enable the necessary hardware drivers.
|Variable |Description |Default|
|------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------|
|`#STM32_I2C_USE_XXX` |Enable/Disable the hardware driver XXX (each driver should be explicitly listed) |FALSE |
|`#STM32_I2C_BUSY_TIMEOUT` |Time in ms until the I2C command is aborted if no response is received |50 |
|`#STM32_I2C_XXX_IRQ_PRIORITY` |Interrupt priority for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING) |10 |
|`#STM32_I2C_USE_DMA` |Enable/Disable the ability of the MCU to offload the data transfer to the DMA unit |TRUE |
|`#STM32_I2C_XXX_DMA_PRIORITY` |Priority of DMA unit for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING) |1 |
Secondly, in the `halconf.h` file, `#define HAL_USE_I2C` must be set to `TRUE`. This allows ChibiOS to load its I2C driver.
Lastly, we need to assign the correct GPIO pins depending on the I2C hardware driver we want to use.
By default the I2C1 hardware driver is assumed to be used. If another hardware driver is used, `#define I2C_DRIVER I2CDX` should be added to the `config.h` file with X being the number of hardware driver used. For example is I2C3 is enabled, the `config.h` file should contain `#define I2C_DRIVER I2CD3`. This aligns the QMK I2C driver with the Chibios I2C driver.
STM32 MCUs allows a variety of pins to be configured as I2C pins depending on the hardware driver used. By default B6 and B7 are set to I2C. You can use these defines to set your i2c pins:
| Variable | Description | Default |
|--------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_SCL_BANK` | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SCL | `GPIOB` |
| `I2C1_SDA_BANK` | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SDA | `GPIOB` |
| `I2C1_SCL` | The pin number for the SCL pin (0-15) | `6` |
| `I2C1_SDA` | The pin number for the SDA pin (0-15) | `7` |
| `I2C1_BANK` (deprecated) | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`), superceded by `I2C1_SCL_BANK`, `I2C1_SDA_BANK` | `GPIOB` |
The ChibiOS I2C driver configuration depends on STM32 MCU:
STM32F1xx, STM32F2xx, STM32F4xx, STM32L0xx and STM32L1xx use I2Cv1;
STM32F0xx, STM32F3xx, STM32F7xx and STM32L4xx use I2Cv2;
#### I2Cv1 :id=i2cv1
STM32 MCUs allow for different clock and duty parameters when configuring I2Cv1. These can be modified using the following parameters, using <https://www.playembedded.org/blog/stm32-i2c-chibios/#I2Cv1_configuration_structure> as a reference:
| Variable | Default |
|--------------------|------------------|
| `I2C1_OPMODE` | `OPMODE_I2C` |
| `I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED` | `100000` |
| `I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE` | `STD_DUTY_CYCLE` |
#### I2Cv2 :id=i2cv2
STM32 MCUs allow for different timing parameters when configuring I2Cv2. These can be modified using the following parameters, using <https://www.st.com/en/embedded-software/stsw-stm32126.html> as a reference:
| Variable | Default |
|-----------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC` | `15U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL` | `4U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL` | `2U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH` | `15U` |
| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL` | `21U` |
STM32 MCUs allow for different "alternate function" modes when configuring GPIO pins. These are required to switch the pins used to I2Cv2 mode. See the respective datasheet for the appropriate values for your MCU.
| Variable | Default |
|---------------------|---------|
| `I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE` | `4` |
| `I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE` | `4` |
#### Other :id=other
You can also overload the `void i2c_init(void)` function, which has a weak attribute. If you do this the configuration variables above will not be used. Please consult the datasheet of your MCU for the available GPIO configurations. The following is an example initialization function:
```c
#define HAL_USE_I2C TRUE
```
void i2c_init(void)
{
setPinInput(B6); // Try releasing special pins for a short time
setPinInput(B7);
wait_ms(10); // Wait for the release to happen
Then, modify your board's `mcuconf.h` to enable the peripheral you've chosen, for example:
```c
#undef STM32_I2C_USE_I2C2
#define STM32_I2C_USE_I2C2 TRUE
```
|`mcuconf.h` Setting |Description |Default|
|----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------|
|`STM32_I2C_BUSY_TIMEOUT` |Time in milliseconds until the I2C command is aborted if no response is received |`50` |
|`STM32_I2C_XXX_IRQ_PRIORITY`|Interrupt priority for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING) |`10` |
|`STM32_I2C_USE_DMA` |Enable/Disable the ability of the MCU to offload the data transfer to the DMA unit|`TRUE` |
|`STM32_I2C_XXX_DMA_PRIORITY`|Priority of DMA unit for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING) |`1` |
Configuration-wise, you'll need to set up the peripheral as per your MCU's datasheet -- the defaults match the pins for a Proton-C, i.e. STM32F303.
|`config.h` Overrride |Description |Default|
|------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------|
|`I2C_DRIVER` |I2C peripheral to use - I2C1 -> `I2CD1`, I2C2 -> `I2CD2` etc. |`I2CD1`|
|`I2C1_BANK` (deprecated)|The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`), superseded by `I2C1_SCL_BANK`/`I2C1_SDA_BANK`|`GPIOB`|
|`I2C1_SCL_BANK` |The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SCL |`GPIOB`|
|`I2C1_SCL` |The pin number for SCL (0-15) |`6` |
|`I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE` |The alternate function mode for SCL |`4` |
|`I2C1_SDA_BANK` |The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SDA |`GPIOB`|
|`I2C1_SDA` |The pin number for SDA (0-15) |`7` |
|`I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE` |The alternate function mode for SDA |`4` |
The following configuration values depend on the specific MCU in use.
### I2Cv1 :id=i2cv1
* STM32F1xx
* STM32F2xx
* STM32F4xx
* STM32L0xx
* STM32L1xx
See [this page](https://www.playembedded.org/blog/stm32-i2c-chibios/#7_I2Cv1_configuration_structure) for the I2Cv1 configuration structure.
|`config.h` Override|Default |
|-------------------|----------------|
|`I2C1_OPMODE` |`OPMODE_I2C` |
|`I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED` |`100000` |
|`I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE` |`STD_DUTY_CYCLE`|
### I2Cv2 :id=i2cv2
* STM32F0xx
* STM32F3xx
* STM32F7xx
* STM32L4xx
See [this page](https://www.playembedded.org/blog/stm32-i2c-chibios/#8_I2Cv2_I2Cv3_configuration_structure) for the I2Cv2 configuration structure.
|`config.h` Override |Default|
|---------------------|-------|
|`I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC` |`0U` |
|`I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL`|`7U` |
|`I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL`|`0U` |
|`I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH` |`38U` |
|`I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL` |`129U` |
## Functions :id=functions
### `void i2c_init(void)`
Initialize the I2C driver. This function must be called only once, before any of the below functions can be called.
This function is weakly defined, meaning it can be overridden if necessary for your particular use case:
```c
void i2c_init(void) {
setPinInput(B6); // Try releasing special pins for a short time
setPinInput(B7);
wait_ms(10); // Wait for the release to happen
palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 6, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN | PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP); // Set B6 to I2C function
palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 7, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN | PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP); // Set B7 to I2C function
palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 6, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN | PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP); // Set B6 to I2C function
palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 7, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN | PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP); // Set B7 to I2C function
}
```
---
### `i2c_status_t i2c_start(uint8_t address, uint16_t timeout)`
Start an I2C transaction.
#### Arguments
- `uint8_t address`
The 7-bit I2C address of the device (ie. without the read/write bit - this will be set automatically).
- `uint16_t timeout`
The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the target device.
#### Return Value
`I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT` if the timeout period elapses, `I2C_STATUS_ERROR` if some other error occurs, otherwise `I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS`.
---
### `i2c_status_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t *data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)`
Send multiple bytes to the selected I2C device.
#### Arguments
- `uint8_t address`
The 7-bit I2C address of the device.
- `uint8_t *data`
A pointer to the data to transmit.
- `uint16_t length`
The number of bytes to write. Take care not to overrun the length of `data`.
- `uint16_t timeout`
The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the target device.
#### Return Value
`I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT` if the timeout period elapses, `I2C_STATUS_ERROR` if some other error occurs, otherwise `I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS`.
---
### `i2c_status_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)`
Receive multiple bytes from the selected SPI device.
#### Arguments
- `uint8_t address`
The 7-bit I2C address of the device.
- `uint8_t *data`
A pointer to the buffer to read into.
- `uint16_t length`
The number of bytes to read. Take care not to overrun the length of `data`.
- `uint16_t timeout`
The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the target device.
#### Return Value
`I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT` if the timeout period elapses, `I2C_STATUS_ERROR` if some other error occurs, otherwise `I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS`.
---
### `i2c_status_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)`
Writes to a register on the I2C device.
#### Arguments
- `uint8_t devaddr`
The 7-bit I2C address of the device.
- `uint8_t regaddr`
The register address to write to.
- `uint8_t *data`
A pointer to the data to transmit.
- `uint16_t length`
The number of bytes to write. Take care not to overrun the length of `data`.
- `uint16_t timeout`
The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the target device.
#### Return Value
`I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT` if the timeout period elapses, `I2C_STATUS_ERROR` if some other error occurs, otherwise `I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS`.
---
### `i2c_status_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout)`
Reads from a register on the I2C device.
#### Arguments
- `uint8_t devaddr`
The 7-bit I2C address of the device.
- `uint8_t regaddr`
The register address to read from.
- `uint16_t length`
The number of bytes to read. Take care not to overrun the length of `data`.
- `uint16_t timeout`
The time in milliseconds to wait for a response from the target device.
#### Return Value
`I2C_STATUS_TIMEOUT` if the timeout period elapses, `I2C_STATUS_ERROR` if some other error occurs, otherwise `I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS`.
---
### `i2c_status_t i2c_stop(void)`
Stop the current I2C transaction.

View File

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The following functions can provide basic control of GPIOs and are found in `qua
## Advanced Settings :id=advanced-settings
Each microcontroller can have multiple advanced settings regarding its GPIO. This abstraction layer does not limit the use of architecture-specific functions. Advanced users should consult the datasheet of their desired device and include any needed libraries. For AVR, the standard avr/io.h library is used; for STM32, the ChibiOS [PAL library](https://chibios.sourceforge.net/docs3/hal/group___p_a_l.html) is used.
Each microcontroller can have multiple advanced settings regarding its GPIO. This abstraction layer does not limit the use of architecture-specific functions. Advanced users should consult the datasheet of their desired device and include any needed libraries. For AVR, the standard avr/io.h library is used; for STM32, the ChibiOS [PAL library](http://chibios.sourceforge.net/docs3/hal/group___p_a_l.html) is used.
## Atomic Operation

View File

@@ -45,7 +45,6 @@ You'll need one of the following to actually perform the ISP flashing (followed
* [SparkFun PocketAVR](https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9825) - (USB Tiny)
* [USBtinyISP AVR Programmer Kit](https://www.adafruit.com/product/46) - (USB Tiny)
* [USBasp](https://www.fischl.de/usbasp/) - (usbasp)
* [Teensy 2.0](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy.html) - (avrisp)
* [Pro Micro](https://www.sparkfun.com/products/12640) - (avrisp)
* [Bus Pirate](https://www.adafruit.com/product/237) - (buspirate)
@@ -83,15 +82,6 @@ This is pretty straight-forward - we'll be connecting like-things to like-things
PocketAVR VCC <-> Keyboard VCC
PocketAVR GND <-> Keyboard GND
### USBasp
USBasp RST <-> Keyboard RESET
USBasp SCLK <-> Keyboard B1 (SCLK)
USBasp MOSI <-> Keyboard B2 (MOSI)
USBasp MISO <-> Keyboard B3 (MISO)
USBasp VCC <-> Keyboard VCC
USBasp GND <-> Keyboard GND
### Teensy 2.0
Teensy B0 <-> Keyboard RESET
@@ -256,7 +246,7 @@ To set this add `-U lfuse:w:0xFF:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U efuse:w:0xCB:m` to your
avrdude -c avrisp -P COM3 -p atmega32u4 -U flash:w:main.hex:i -U lfuse:w:0xFF:m -U hfuse:w:0xD8:m -U efuse:w:0xCB:m
If you are using a different controller or want different configuration, you can use [this AVR Fuse Calculator](https://www.engbedded.com/fusecalc/) to find a better value for you.
If you are using a different controller or want different configuration, you can use [this AVR Fuse Calculator](http://www.engbedded.com/fusecalc/) to find a better value for you.
## Help

View File

@@ -103,7 +103,6 @@
* [DIP スイッチ](ja/feature_dip_switch.md)
* [エンコーダ](ja/feature_encoders.md)
* [触覚フィードバック](ja/feature_haptic_feedback.md)
* [LED インジケータ](ja/feature_led_indicators.md)
* [Proton C 変換](ja/proton_c_conversion.md)
* [PS/2 マウス](ja/feature_ps2_mouse.md)
* [分割キーボード](ja/feature_split_keyboard.md)

View File

@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
# ADC ドライバ
<!---
original document: 0.10.52:docs/adc_driver.md
git diff 0.10.52 HEAD -- docs/adc_driver.md | cat
-->
QMK は対応している MCU のアナログ・デジタルコンバータADC) を使用し、特定のピンの電圧を計測することができます。この機能はデジタル出力の[ロータリーエンコーダ](ja/feature_encoders.md)などではなく、アナログ計測が必要な可変抵抗器を使用したボリュームコントロールや Bluetooth キーボードのバッテリー残量表示などの実装に役立ちます。
このドライバは現在 AVR と一部の ARM デバイスをサポートしています。返される値は 0V と VCC (通常 AVR の場合は 5V または 3.3V、ARM の場合は 3.3V)の間でマッピングされた 10ビットの整数 (0-1023) ですが、ARM の場合、もしもより精度が必要であれば `#define` を使うと操作をより柔軟に制御できます。
## 使い方
このドライバを使うには、`rules.mk` に以下を追加します:
```make
SRC += analog.c
```
そして、コードの先頭に以下の include を置きます:
```c
#include "analog.h"
```
## チャンネル
### AVR
|Channel|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega32A|ATmega328/P|
|-------|-------------|-------------|---------|-----------|
|0 |`F0` |`F0` |`A0` |`C0` |
|1 |`F1` |`F1` |`A1` |`C1` |
|2 |`F2` | |`A2` |`C2` |
|3 |`F3` | |`A3` |`C3` |
|4 |`F4` |`F4` |`A4` |`C4` |
|5 |`F5` |`F5` |`A5` |`C5` |
|6 |`F6` |`F6` |`A6` |* |
|7 |`F7` |`F7` |`A7` |* |
|8 | |`D4` | | |
|9 | |`D6` | | |
|10 | |`D7` | | |
|11 | |`B4` | | |
|12 | |`B5` | | |
|13 | |`B6` | | |
<sup>\* ATmega328/P には余分な2つの ADC チャンネルがありますが、DIP ピンアウトには存在せず、GPIO ピンとは共有されません。これらに直接アクセスするために、`adc_read()` を使えます。
### ARM
これらのピンの一部は同じチャンネルを使って ADC 上でダブルアップされることに注意してください。これは、これらのピンがどちらかの ADC に使われる可能性があるからです。
また、F0 と F3 は異なるナンバリングスキーマを使うことに注意してください。F0 には1つの ADC があり、チャンネルは0から始まるインデックスですが、F3 には4つの ADC があり、チャンネルは1から始まるインデックスです。これは、F0 が ADC の `ADCv1` 実装を使用するのに対し、F3 が `ADCv3` 実装を使用するためです。
|ADC|Channel|STM32F0xx|STM32F3xx|
|---|-------|---------|---------|
|1 |0 |`A0` | |
|1 |1 |`A1` |`A0` |
|1 |2 |`A2` |`A1` |
|1 |3 |`A3` |`A2` |
|1 |4 |`A4` |`A3` |
|1 |5 |`A5` |`F4` |
|1 |6 |`A6` |`C0` |
|1 |7 |`A7` |`C1` |
|1 |8 |`B0` |`C2` |
|1 |9 |`B1` |`C3` |
|1 |10 |`C0` |`F2` |
|1 |11 |`C1` | |
|1 |12 |`C2` | |
|1 |13 |`C3` | |
|1 |14 |`C4` | |
|1 |15 |`C5` | |
|1 |16 | | |
|2 |1 | |`A4` |
|2 |2 | |`A5` |
|2 |3 | |`A6` |
|2 |4 | |`A7` |
|2 |5 | |`C4` |
|2 |6 | |`C0` |
|2 |7 | |`C1` |
|2 |8 | |`C2` |
|2 |9 | |`C3` |
|2 |10 | |`F2` |
|2 |11 | |`C5` |
|2 |12 | |`B2` |
|2 |13 | | |
|2 |14 | | |
|2 |15 | | |
|2 |16 | | |
|3 |1 | |`B1` |
|3 |2 | |`E9` |
|3 |3 | |`E13` |
|3 |4 | | |
|3 |5 | | |
|3 |6 | |`E8` |
|3 |7 | |`D10` |
|3 |8 | |`D11` |
|3 |9 | |`D12` |
|3 |10 | |`D13` |
|3 |11 | |`D14` |
|3 |12 | |`B0` |
|3 |13 | |`E7` |
|3 |14 | |`E10` |
|3 |15 | |`E11` |
|3 |16 | |`E12` |
|4 |1 | |`E14` |
|4 |2 | |`B12` |
|4 |3 | |`B13` |
|4 |4 | |`B14` |
|4 |5 | |`B15` |
|4 |6 | |`E8` |
|4 |7 | |`D10` |
|4 |8 | |`D11` |
|4 |9 | |`D12` |
|4 |10 | |`D13` |
|4 |11 | |`D14` |
|4 |12 | |`D8` |
|4 |13 | |`D9` |
|4 |14 | | |
|4 |15 | | |
|4 |16 | | |
## 関数
### AVR
|関数 |説明 |
|----------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`analogReference(mode)` |アナログの電圧リファレンスソースを設定する。`ADC_REF_EXTERNAL``ADC_REF_POWER``ADC_REF_INTERNAL` のいずれかでなければなりません。|
|`analogReadPin(pin)` |指定されたピンから値を読み取ります。例えば、ATmega32U4 の ADC6 の場合 `F6`。 |
|`pinToMux(pin)` |指定されたピンを mux 値に変換します。サポートされていないピンが指定された場合、"0V (GND)" の mux 値を返します。 |
|`adc_read(mux)` |指定された mux に従って ADC から値を読み取ります。詳細は、MCU のデータシートを見てください。 |
### ARM
|関数 |説明 |
|----------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`analogReadPin(pin)` |指定されたピンから値を読み取ります。STM32F0 では チャンネル 0 の `A0`、STM32F3 ではチャンネル 1 の ADC1。ピンを複数の ADC に使える場合は、この関数のために番号の小さい ADC が選択されることに注意してください。例えば、`C0` は、ADC2 にも使える場合、ADC1 のチャンネル 6 になります。 |
|`analogReadPinAdc(pin, adc)`|指定されたピンと ADC から値を読み取ります。例えば、`C0, 1` は、ADC1 ではなく ADC2 のチャンネル 6 から読み取ります。この関数では、ADC はインデックス 0 から始まることに注意してください。 |
|`pinToMux(pin)` |指定されたピンをチャンネルと ADC の組み合わせに変換します。サポートされていないピンが指定された場合、"0V (GND)" の mux 値を返します。 |
|`adc_read(mux)` |指定されたピンと ADC の組み合わせに応じて ADC から値を読み取ります。詳細は、MCU のデータシートを見てください。 |
## 設定
## ARM
ADC の ARM 実装には、独自のキーボードとキーマップでオーバーライドして動作方法を変更できる幾つかの追加オプションがあります。利用可能なオプションの詳細については、特定のマイクロコントローラについて ChibiOS の対応する `hal_adc_lld.h` を調べてください。
|`#define` |型 |既定値 |説明 |
|---------------------|------|---------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|`ADC_CIRCULAR_BUFFER`|`bool`|`false` |`true` の場合、この実装は循環バッファを使います。 |
|`ADC_NUM_CHANNELS` |`int` |`1` |ADC 動作の一部としてスキャンされるチャンネル数を設定します。現在の実装は `1` のみをサポートします。 |
|`ADC_BUFFER_DEPTH` |`int` |`2` |各結果の深さを設定します。デフォルトでは12ビットの結果しか取得できないため、これを2バイトに設定して1つの値を含めることができます。8ビット以下の結果を選択した場合は、これを 1 に設定できます。 |
|`ADC_SAMPLING_RATE` |`int` |`ADC_SMPR_SMP_1P5` |ADC のサンプリングレートを設定します。デフォルトでは、最も速い設定に設定されています。 |
|`ADC_RESOLUTION` |`int` |`ADC_CFGR1_RES_12BIT`|結果の分解能。デフォルトでは12ビットを選択しますが、12、10、8、6ビットを選択できます。 |

View File

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
キーマップをファームウェアにコンパイルするには、単純に JSON を `/v1/compile` エンドポイントに POST します。以下の例では、JSON ペイロードを `json_data` という名前のファイルに配置しています。
```
$ curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d "$(< json_data)" https://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile
$ curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d "$(< json_data)" http://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile
{
"enqueued": true,
"job_id": "ea1514b3-bdfc-4a7b-9b5c-08752684f7f6"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ $ curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d "$(< json_data)" https://a
キーマップをサブミットした後で、簡単な HTTP GET 呼び出しを使って状態をチェックすることができます:
```
$ curl https://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile/ea1514b3-bdfc-4a7b-9b5c-08752684f7f6
$ curl http://api.qmk.fm/v1/compile/ea1514b3-bdfc-4a7b-9b5c-08752684f7f6
{
"created_at": "Sat, 19 Aug 2017 21:39:12 GMT",
"enqueued_at": "Sat, 19 Aug 2017 21:39:12 GMT",

View File

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
git diff 0.9.50 HEAD -- docs/api_overview.md | cat
-->
QMK API は、Web と GUI ツールが [QMK](https://qmk.fm/) によってサポートされるキーボード用の任意のキーマップをコンパイルするために使うことができる、非同期 API を提供します。標準のキーマップテンプレートは、C コードのサポートを必要としない全ての QMK キーコードをサポートします。キーボードのメンテナは独自のカスタムテンプレートを提供して、より多くの機能を実現することができます。
QMK API は、Web と GUI ツールが [QMK](http://qmk.fm/) によってサポートされるキーボード用の任意のキーマップをコンパイルするために使うことができる、非同期 API を提供します。標準のキーマップテンプレートは、C コードのサポートを必要としない全ての QMK キーコードをサポートします。キーボードのメンテナは独自のカスタムテンプレートを提供して、より多くの機能を実現することができます。
## アプリケーション開発者

View File

@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ int foo(void) {
[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) は LLVM の一部で、誰もが手動で整形するほど暇ではないため、コードを自動整形することができます。私たちは、上記のコーディング規約のほとんどを適用する設定ファイルを提供しています。空白と改行のみを変更するため、省略可能な括弧は自分で付け加えることを忘れないでください。
Windows で clang-format を入手するには [full LLVM インストーラ](https://llvm.org/builds/)を使い、Ubuntu では `sudo apt install clang-format` を使ってください。
Windows で clang-format を入手するには [full LLVM インストーラ](http://llvm.org/builds/)を使い、Ubuntu では `sudo apt install clang-format` を使ってください。
コマンドラインから実行する場合、オプションとして `-style=file` を渡すと、QMK ルートディレクトリ内の .clang-format 設定ファイルを自動的に見つけます。

View File

@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ QMK は十分な容量のフラッシュメモリを備えた USB 対応 AVR ま
* [ATmega16U2](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega16U2) / [ATmega32U2](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega32U2)
* [ATmega16U4](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega16U4) / [ATmega32U4](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/ATmega32U4)
* [AT90USB64](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB646) / [AT90USB128](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB1286)
* [AT90USB162](https://www.microchip.com/wwwproducts/en/AT90USB162)
組み込みの USB インターフェースを持たない、いくつかの MCU は代わりに [V-USB](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/index.html) を使います:
@@ -24,17 +23,13 @@ QMK は十分な容量のフラッシュメモリを備えた USB 対応 AVR ま
## ARM
[ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org) がサポートする USB 付きの ARM チップを使うこともできます。ほとんどのチップには十分な容量のフラッシュメモリがあります。動作するとわかっているのは:
[ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.org) がサポートする USB 付きの ARM チップを使うこともできます。ほとんどのチップには十分な容量のフラッシュメモリがあります。動作するとわかっているのは:
### STMicroelectronics (STM32)
* [STM32F0x2](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f0x2.html)
* [STM32F103](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f103.html)
* [STM32F303](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f303.html)
* [STM32F401](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f401.html)
* [STM32F411](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32f411.html)
* [STM32G431](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32g4x1.html)
* [STM32G474](https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32g4x4.html)
### NXP (Kinetis)

View File

@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ QMK について質問したい場合は、[OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r
# プロジェクトの概要 :id=project-overview
QMK は主に C で書かれており、特定の機能と部品は C++ で書かれています。QMK は、キーボードの中の組み込みプロセッサ、特に AVR ([LUFA](https://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) と ARM ([ChibiOS](https://www.chibios.org)) を対象にしています。すでに Arduino プログラミングに精通している場合は、多くの概念と制限がおなじみのものです。QMK に貢献するには Arduino を使用した経験は必要ありません。
QMK は主に C で書かれており、特定の機能と部品は C++ で書かれています。QMK は、キーボードの中の組み込みプロセッサ、特に AVR ([LUFA](http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php)) と ARM ([ChibiOS](http://www.chibios.com)) を対象にしています。すでに Arduino プログラミングに精通している場合は、多くの概念と制限がおなじみのものです。QMK に貢献するには Arduino を使用した経験は必要ありません。
<!-- FIXME: We should include a list of resources for learning C here. -->

View File

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
# キーボードの挙動をカスタマイズする方法
<!---
original document: 0.10.52:docs/custom_quantum_functions.md
git diff 0.10.52 HEAD -- docs/custom_quantum_functions.md | cat
original document: 0.10.33:docs/custom_quantum_functions.md
git diff 0.10.33 HEAD -- docs/custom_quantum_functions.md | cat
-->
多くの人にとって、カスタムキーボードはボタンの押下をコンピュータに送信するだけではありません。単純なボタンの押下やマクロよりも複雑なことを実行できるようにしたいでしょう。QMK にはコードを挿入したり、機能を上書きしたり、様々な状況でキーボードの挙動をカスタマイズできるフックがあります。
@@ -93,6 +93,106 @@ keyrecord_t record {
}
```
# LED 制御
QMK は HID 仕様で定義された5つの LED の読み取りメソッドを提供します:
* Num Lock
* Caps Lock
* Scroll Lock
* Compose
* Kana
ロック LED の状態を取得するには2つの方法があります:
* `bool led_update_kb(led_t led_state)` あるいは `_user(led_t led_state)` を実装する、または
* `led_t host_keyboard_led_state()` を呼び出す
!> `host_keyboard_led_state()``led_update_user()` が呼ばれる前に新しい値を既に反映している場合があります。
LED の状態を `uint8_t` として提供する2つの非推奨の関数があります:
* `uint8_t led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)``_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
* `uint8_t host_keyboard_leds()`
## `led_update_user()`
この関数はこれら5つの LED のいずれかの状態が変化すると呼ばれます。LED の状態を構造体のパラメータとして受け取ります。
慣例により、`led_update_kb()` にそのコードを実行するようフックさせるために `led_update_user()` から `true` を返し、`led_update_kb()` でコードを実行したくない場合は `false` を返します。
以下はいくつかの例です:
- レイヤー表示のような何かのために LED を使うために LED を上書きする
- `_kb()` 関数を実行したくないので、`false` を返します。これはレイヤーの挙動を上書きするためです。
- LED がオンあるいはオフになった時に音楽を再生する。
- `_kb` 関数を実行したいので、`true` を返します。これはデフォルトの LED の挙動に追加されます。
?> `led_set_*` 関数は `bool` の代わりに `void` を返すため、キーボードの LED 制御を上書きすることができません。従って、代わりに `led_update_*` を使うことをお勧めします。
### `led_update_kb()` の実装例
```c
bool led_update_kb(led_t led_state) {
bool res = led_update_user(led_state);
if(res) {
// writePin は 1 でピンを high に、0 で low に設定します。
// この例では、ピンは反転していて、
// low/0 は LED がオンになり、high/1 は LED がオフになります。
// この挙動は、LED がピンと VCC の間にあるか、ピンと GND の間にあるかどうかに依存します。
writePin(B0, !led_state.num_lock);
writePin(B1, !led_state.caps_lock);
writePin(B2, !led_state.scroll_lock);
writePin(B3, !led_state.compose);
writePin(B4, !led_state.kana);
}
return res;
}
```
### `led_update_user()` の実装例
この不完全な例は Caps Lock がオンまたはオフになった場合に音を再生します。また LED の状態を保持する必要があるため、`true` を返します。
```c
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
float caps_on[][2] = SONG(CAPS_LOCK_ON_SOUND);
float caps_off[][2] = SONG(CAPS_LOCK_OFF_SOUND);
#endif
bool led_update_user(led_t led_state) {
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
static uint8_t caps_state = 0;
if (caps_state != led_state.caps_lock) {
led_state.caps_lock ? PLAY_SONG(caps_on) : PLAY_SONG(caps_off);
caps_state = led_state.caps_lock;
}
#endif
return true;
}
```
### `led_update_*` 関数のドキュメント
* キーボード/リビジョン: `bool led_update_kb(led_t led_state)`
* キーマップ: `bool led_update_user(led_t led_state)`
## `host_keyboard_led_state()`
最後に受信した LED の状態を `led_t` として取得するためにこの関数を呼びます。これは、`led_update_*` の外部から、例えば [`matrix_scan_user()`](#matrix-scanning-code) の中で LED の状態を読み取るのに便利です。
## 物理的な LED の状態の設定
一部のキーボードの実装は、物理的な LED の状態を設定するための便利なメソッドを提供しています。
### Ergodox キーボード
Ergodox の実装は、個々の LED をオンあるいはオフにするために `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_on`/`off()` と、インデックスによってそれらをオンあるいはオフにするために `ergodox_right_led_on`/`off(uint8_t led)` を提供します。
さらに、LED の明度を指定することができます。全ての LED に同じ明度を指定するなら `ergodox_led_all_set(uint8_t n)` を使い、個別の LED の明度を指定するなら `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_set(uint8_t n)` を使い、LED のインデックスを指定して明度を指定するには `ergodox_right_led_set(uint8_t led, uint8_t n)` を使います。
Ergodox キーボードは、最低の明度として `LED_BRIGHTNESS_LO` を、最高の輝度(これはデフォルトです)として `LED_BRIGHTNESS_HI` も定義しています。
# キーボードの初期化コード
キーボードの初期化プロセスには幾つかのステップがあります。何をしたいかによって、どの関数を使うべきかに影響します。
@@ -247,7 +347,7 @@ layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
}
```
特定のレイヤーの状態を確認するには、`IS_LAYER_ON_STATE(state, layer)``IS_LAYER_OFF_STATE(state, layer)` マクロを使います。
特定のレイヤーの状態を確認するには、 `IS_LAYER_ON_STATE(state, layer)``IS_LAYER_OFF_STATE(state, layer)` マクロを使います。
`layer_state_set_*` 関数の外では、グローバルなレイヤー状態を確認するために `IS_LAYER_ON(layer)``IS_LAYER_OFF(layer)` マクロを使えます。

View File

@@ -9,12 +9,12 @@
## キーマップ `readme.md` テンプレート :id=keyboard-readmemd-template
ほとんどのキーマップには、レイアウトを表す画像があります。画像を作成するには、[Keyboard Layout Editor](https://keyboard-layout-editor.com) を使うことができます。画像は [Imgur](https://imgur.com) や別のホスティングサービスにアップロードし、プルリクエストに画像を含めないでください。
ほとんどのキーマップには、レイアウトを表す画像があります。画像を作成するには、[Keyboard Layout Editor](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) を使うことができます。画像は [Imgur](http://imgur.com) や別のホスティングサービスにアップロードし、プルリクエストに画像を含めないでください。
画像の下には、キーマップを理解してもらうための簡単な説明文を書いてください。
```
![Clueboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
![Clueboard Layout Image](http://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
# Default Clueboard Layout
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ the Ctrl, Alt, or GUI modifiers are held down.
```
# Planck
![Planck](https://i.imgur.com/q2M3uEU.jpg)
![Planck](http://i.imgur.com/q2M3uEU.jpg)
A compact 40% (12x4) ortholinear keyboard kit made and sold by OLKB and Massdrop. [More info on qmk.fm](https://qmk.fm/planck/)
A compact 40% (12x4) ortholinear keyboard kit made and sold by OLKB and Massdrop. [More info on qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm/planck/)
* Keyboard Maintainer: [Jack Humbert](https://github.com/jackhumbert)
* Hardware Supported: Planck PCB rev1, rev2, rev3, rev4, Teensy 2.0

View File

@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ QMK のほとんどのキーボードは、vendor ID として、`0xFEED` を使
https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
ここで本当にユニークな VID:PID を買うことができます。個人的な使用にはこれは必要ないと思います。
- https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- https://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
- http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
- http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
### キーボードに書き込んだが何も起こらない、あるいはキーの押下が登録されない - ARM (rev6 planck、clueboard 60、hs60v2 など) でも同じ (Feb 2019)
ARM ベースのチップ上での EEPROM の動作によって、保存された設定が無効になる場合があります。これはデフォルトレイヤに影響し、まだ調査中の特定の環境下でキーボードが使えなくなる*しれません*。EEPROM のリセットでこれが修正されます。

View File

@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switc
## TrackPoint はリセット回路が必要です (PS/2 マウスサポート)
リセット回路が無いとハードウェアの不適切な初期化のために一貫性の無い結果になります。TPM754 の回路図を見てください。
- https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- https://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
## 16 を超えるマトリックの列を読み込めない
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switc
C では、AVR の場合 `1` は [16 bit] である [int] 型の1を意味し、15 を超えて左にシフトすることはできません。`1<<16` すると予期しないゼロが発生します。`1UL` として [unsigned long] 型を使う必要があります。
https://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
## 特別なエクストラキーが動作しない (システム、オーディオコントロールキー)
QMK でそれらを使うには、`rules.mk` 内で `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` を定義する必要があります。
@@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ Windows では、**デバイスマネージャ**の**電源の管理**タブ内
**Arduino のピンの命名は実際のチップと異なることに注意してください。** 例えば、Arduino のピン `D0``PD0` ではありません。回路図を自身で確認してください。
- https://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- https://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
Arduino の Leonardo と micro には **ATMega32U4** が載っていて、TMK 用に使うことができますが、Arduino のブートローダが問題になることがあります。

View File

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
世界中で使用されている ANSI、ISO および JIS の3つの標準キーボードがあります。北米では主に ANSI が使われ、ヨーロッパおよびアフリカでは主に ISO が使われ、日本では JIS が使われます。言及されていない地域では、ANSI あるいは ISO が使われています。これらのレイアウトに対応するキーコードは以下の通りです:
<!-- Source for this image: https://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
![キーボードのレイアウトイメージ](https://i.imgur.com/5wsh5wM.png)
## 複雑なキーコードのカスタム名を作成する方法はありますか?
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ QMK には2つの機能、ブートマジックとコマンドがあり、これ
`KC_SYSREQ` の代わりに、Print Screen(`KC_PSCREEN` あるいは `KC_PSCR`) のキーコードを使ってください。'Alt + Print Screen' のキーの組み合わせは、'システムリクエスト' と認識されます。
[issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) と以下を見てください
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
* http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
## 電源キーが動作しません
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/67
修飾キーおよびレイヤ切り替えの場合、リリースイベント時に修飾キーの登録を解除する、もしくは前のレイヤに戻るために、目的のレイヤの同じ位置に `KC_TRANS` を配置する必要があります。
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#31-momentary-switching
* https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=57008.msg1492604#msg1492604
* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/248
## メカニカルロックスイッチのサポート
この機能は [Alps](https://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock) のような*メカニカルロックスイッチ*用です。以下を `config.h` に追加することで有効にすることができます:
この機能は [Alps](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock) のような*メカニカルロックスイッチ*用です。以下を `config.h` に追加することで有効にすることができます:
```
#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE

View File

@@ -220,6 +220,12 @@ const uint8_t music_map[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = LAYOUT_ortho_4x12(
AU_OFF,
AU_TOG,
#ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
FC_ON,
FC_OFF,
FC_TOG,
#endif
// Music mode on/off/toggle
MU_ON,
MU_OFF,

View File

@@ -1,145 +1,45 @@
# 接点バウンス / 接点チャタリング
# バウンスアルゴリズム
<!---
original document: 0.11.53:docs/feature_debounce_type.md
git diff 0.11.53 HEAD -- docs/feature_debounce_type.md | cat
original document: 0.9.19:docs/feature_debounce_type.md
git diff 0.9.19 HEAD -- docs/feature_debounce_type.md | cat
-->
メカニカルスイッチは押した状態と放した状態の間の移行が単純ではないことが良くあります。
理想的な世界では、スイッチを押すと、デジタルピンが次のようになることが期待されます:
(X 軸は時間を表します
```
voltage +----------------------
^ |
| |
| ------------------+
----> time
```
しかし実際の世界では、値が最終的に落ち着くまでに 0 と 1 の間を行ったり来たりする接点バウンスを見ることになるでしょう。(訳注:日本語では、バウンスとチャタリングを区別せずにチャタリングと呼んでいることが多いようです。)
```
+-+ +--+ +-------------
| | | | |
| | | | |
+-----------------+ +-+ +-+
```
スイッチが落ち着くまでにかかる時間は、スイッチの種類や経年、押す技術によって異なる場合があります。
デバイスが接点バウンスを緩和しないことを選択した場合、スイッチが押された時に起きるアクションが複数回繰り返されることがよくあります。
接点バウンス(「デバウンス」)を処理する方法はたくさんあります。RC フィルタのような追加のハードウェアを採用する方法もありますが、ソフトウェアでデバウンスを行う様々な方法もあり、よくデバウンスアルゴリズムと呼ばれます。このページでは、QMK で利用できるデバウンスメソッドについて説明します。
技術的には接点バウンス/接点チャタリングとは見なされませんが、一部のスイッチテクノロジーはノイズの影響を受けやすく、キーの状態が変化していない時に、時々短くランダムに 0 と 1 の間を行き来する様子がデジタル回路によって読み取られる場合があります。例えば:
```
+-+
| |
| |
+-----------------+ +--------------------
```
多くのデバウンスメソッド(全てではないですが)は、デバイスにノイズ耐性を持たせます。
ノイズの影響を受けやすい技術を使っている場合は、ノイズを緩和するデバウンスメソッドを選択しなければなりません。
## デバウンスアルゴリズムの種類
1) 時間の単位: タイムスタンプ (ミリ秒) vs 周期 (スキャン)
* デバウンスアルゴリズムは1つの「デバウンス時間」パラメータを持つことがよくあり、スイッチ接点の最大セトリング時間を指定します。
この時間は様々な単位で測定される場合があります:
* 周期ベースデバウンスは n 周期(スキャン)待機し、matrix_scan ごとにカウントを1減らします。
* タイムスタンプベースのデバウンスは、変更が発生したミリ秒のタイムスタンプを格納し、経過時間を計算するために減算を行います。
* 通常、タイムスタンプベースのデバウンスは、特にノイズ耐性のあるデバイスで優れています。なぜなら、物理スイッチのセトリング時間は時間の単位で指定されており、キーボードのマトリックススキャンレートに依存しないからです。
* 周期ベースのデバウンスは、補正できるセトリング時間がマトリックススキャンコードのパフォーマンスに依存するため、劣ると見なされる場合があります。
周期ベースのデバウンスを使う場合、スキャンコードのパフォーマンスを大幅に向上させると、デバウンスの効果が低下する場合があります。
周期ベースのデバウンスが望ましい状況は、ノイズが存在し、スキャンアルゴリズムが遅い、もしくは速度が可変である場合です。
デバウンスアルゴリズムが基本的にノイズ耐性がある場合でも、スキャンが遅く、タイムスタンプベースのアルゴリズムを使っている場合は、
2つのサンプル値に基づいてデバウンスを決定するため、アルゴリズムのイズ耐性は制限されます。
* 現在、全ての組み込みデバウンスアルゴリズムは、タイムスタンプベースのデバウンスのみサポートしています。将来的には周期ベースのデバウンスを実装し、```config.h``` マクロを介して選択できるようになるでしょう。
2) 対称 vs 非対称
* 対称 - キーアップとキーダウンイベントの両方に、同じデバウンスアルゴリズムを適用します。
* 推奨される命名規則: ```sym_*```
* 非対称 - キーダウンとキーアップイベントに異なるデバウンスアルゴリズムを適用します。例えば、キーダウンはイーガー、キーアップはデファー。
* 推奨される命名規則: ```asym_*``` の後に、キーダウン、キーアップの順に使っているアルゴリズムタイプの詳細が続きます。
3) イーガー vs デファー
* イーガー - キーの変更はすぐに報告されます。DEBOUNCE ミリ秒以降の全ての入力は無視されます。
* イーガーアルゴリズムはノイズ耐性はありません
* 推奨される命名規則:
* ```sym_eager_*```
* ```asym_eager_*_*```: キーダウンはイーガーアルゴリズムを使います
* ```asym_*_eager_*```: キーアップはイーガーアルゴリズムを使います
* デファー - 変更を報告する前に DEBOUNCE ミリ秒の間変更がないことを待機します
* デファーアルゴリズムはノイズ耐性があります
* 推奨される命名規則:
* ```sym_defer_*```
* ```asym_defer_*_*```: キーダウンはデファーアルゴリズムを使います
* ```asym_*_defer_*```: キーアップはデファーアルゴリズムを使います
4) グローバル vs キーごと vs 行ごと
* グローバル - 全てのキーに対して1つのタイマー。キーの変更状態は、グローバルタイマーに影響を与えます。
* 推奨される命名規則: ```*_g```
* キーごと - キーごとに1つのタイマー。
* 推奨される命名規則: ```*_pk```
* 行ごと - 行ごとに1つのタイマー。
* 推奨される命名規則: ```*_pr```
* キーごとや行ごとのアルゴリズムはより多くのリソース(パフォーマンスと RAM 使用量の観点で)を消費しますが、高速なタイピストはグローバルよりもそれらを好む場合があります。
## QMK でサポートされるデバウンスアルゴリズム
QMK はデバウンス API を介して複数のデバウンスアルゴリズムをサポートします。
どのデバウンスメソッドが呼ばれるかのロジックは下記のとおりです。```rules.mk``` で設定された様々な定義をチェックします。
どのデバウンスメソッドが呼ばれるかのロジックは下記のとおりです。rules.mk で設定された様々な定義をチェックします。
```
DEBOUNCE_DIR:= $(QUANTUM_DIR)/debounce
DEBOUNCE_TYPE?= sym_defer_g
DEBOUNCE_TYPE?= sym_g
ifneq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), custom)
QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/$(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)).c
endif
```
### デバウンスの選択
# デバウンスの選択
| DEBOUNCE_TYPE | 説明 | 他に必要なもの |
| ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 未定義 | デフォルトのアルゴリズム、現在のところ sym_defer_g を使います | 無し |
| custom | 独自のデバウンスコードを使います | ```SRC += debounce.c``` で独自の debounce.c を追加し、必要な関数を実装します |
| その他 | quantum/debounce/* から他のアルゴリズムを使います | 無し |
| DEBOUNCE_TYPE | 説明 | 他に必要なもの |
| ------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------- |
| 未定義 | デフォルトのアルゴリズム、現在のところ sym_g を使います | 無し |
| custom | 独自のデバウンスコードを使います | ```SRC += debounce.c``` で独自の debounce.c を追加し、必要な関数を実装します |
| anything_else | quantum/debounce/* から他のアルゴリズムを使います | 無し |
**分割キーボードについて**:
デバウンスコードは分割キーボードと互換性があります。
### インクルードされているデバウンスメソッドの選択
キーボードは、```rules.mk``` に次の行を追加することで、既に実装されているデバウンスメソッドの1つを選択できます:
```
DEBOUNCE_TYPE = <アルゴリズムの名前>
```
アルゴリズムの名前は次のいずれかです:
* ```sym_defer_g``` - キーボードごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、グローバルタイマが設定されます。```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間何も変化がなければ、全ての入力の変更がプッシュされます。
* これは現在のデフォルトアルゴリズムです。これはメモリ使用量が最も少ない最高のパフォーマンスのアルゴリズムで、ノイズ耐性もあります。
* ```sym_eager_pr``` - 行ごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、応答は即座に行われ、その後その行は ```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間入力されません。
```NUM_KEYS``` の 8ビットカウンタの更新に高い計算コストがかかる、もしくは低スキャンレートのキーボード用で、各指は通常一度に1行しか叩かないようになっています。これは ErgoDox モデルに適しています; マトリックスは90度回転しているため、その「行」は実際には「列」であり、通常の使用では各指は一度に1つの「行」にしか当たりません。
* ```sym_eager_pk``` - キーごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、応答は即座に行われ、その後そのキーは ```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間入力されません。
* ```sym_defer_pk``` - キーごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、キーごとのタイマーが設定されます。```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間そのキーに変化がなければ、キーの状態の変更がプッシュされます。
### 将来実装される可能性のあるいくつかのアルゴリズム:
* ```sym_defer_pr```
* ```sym_eager_g```
* ```asym_eager_defer_pk```
### 独自のデバウンスコードの使用
独自のデバウンスアルゴリズムを実装するためのオプションがあります。次のようにします:
* ```rules.mk``` に ```DEBOUNCE_TYPE = custom``` を設定します。
* ```rules.mk``` に ```SRC += debounce.c``` を追加します。
* 独自の ```debounce.c``` を追加します。例については、```quantum/debounce``` にある現在の実装を見てください。
* デバウンスは、全てのマトリクススキャンの後で発生します。
# 独自のデバウンスコードの使用
* ```DEBOUNCE_TYPE = custom``` を設定します
* ```SRC += debounce.c``` を追加します。
* 独自の ```debounce.c``` を追加します。例については、```quantum/debounce``` にある現在の実装をみてください。
* 毎回のマトリクススキャンの結果はその度デバウンスによって処理されます。
* MATRIX_ROWS ではなく num_rows を使って、分割キーボードが正しくサポートされるようにします。
* アルゴリズムが他のキーボードにも適用できる可能性がある場合、```quantum/debounce``` に追加することを検討してください。
### 古い名前
次の既存のアルゴリズムの古い名前は引き続きサポートされますが、代わりに新しい名前を使うことを推奨します。
* sym_g - sym_defer_g の古い名前
* eager_pk - sym_eager_pk の古い名前
* sym_pk - sym_defer_pk の古い名前
* eager_pr - sym_eager_pr の古い名前
# インクルードされているデバウンスメソッド間での切り替え
独自の debounce.c をインクルードすることで独自のコードを使うか、またはインクルードされている他のコードに切り替えることができます。
含まれるデバウンスメソッドは以下の通りです:
* eager_pr - 行ごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、応答は即座に行われ、その後その行は ```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間入力されません。
```NUM_KEYS``` の 8ビットカウンタの更新に高い計算コストがかかる、もしくは低スキャンレートのキーボード用で、各指は通常一度に1行しか叩かないようになっています。これは ErgoDox モデルに適しています; マトリックスは90度回転しているため、その「行」は実際には「列」であり、通常の使用では各指は一度に1つの「行」にしか当たりません。
* eager_pk - キーごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、応答は即座に行われ、その後そのキーは ```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間入力されません。
* sym_g - キーボードごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、グローバルタイマが設定されます。```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間何も変化がなければ、全ての入力の変更がプッシュされます。
* sym_pk - キーごとにデバウンスします。状態が変化すると、キーごとのタイマーが設定されます。```DEBOUNCE``` ミリ秒の間そのキーに変化がなければ、キーの状態の変更がプッシュされます。

View File

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
# LED インジケータ
<!---
original document: 0.10.52:docs/feature_led_indicators.md
git diff 0.10.52 HEAD -- docs/feature_led_indicators.md | cat
-->
QMK は HID 仕様で定義された5つの LED の読み取りメソッドを提供します:
* Num Lock
* Caps Lock
* Scroll Lock
* Compose
* Kana
ロック LED の状態を取得するには3つの方法があります:
* `config.h` で設定オプションを指定する
* `bool led_update_kb(led_t led_state)` あるいは `_user(led_t led_state)` を実装する、または
* `led_t host_keyboard_led_state()` を呼び出す
!> `host_keyboard_led_state()``led_update_user()` が呼ばれる前に新しい値を既に反映している場合があります。
LED の状態を `uint8_t` として提供する2つの非推奨の関数があります:
* `uint8_t led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)``_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
* `uint8_t host_keyboard_leds()`
## 設定オプション
インジケータを設定するには、`config.h` で以下の `#define` をします:
| 定義 | 既定値 | 説明 |
|-----------------------|------------|----------------------------------|
| `LED_NUM_LOCK_PIN` | *定義なし* | `Num Lock` LED を制御するピン |
| `LED_CAPS_LOCK_PIN` | *定義なし* | `Caps Lock` LED を制御するピン |
| `LED_SCROLL_LOCK_PIN` | *定義なし* | `Scroll Lock` LED を制御するピン |
| `LED_COMPOSE_PIN` | *定義なし* | `Compose` LED を制御するピン |
| `LED_KANA_PIN` | *定義なし* | `Kana` LED を制御するピン |
| `LED_PIN_ON_STATE` | `1` | LED が "オン" の時のインジケータピンの状態 - high の場合は`1`、low の場合は`0` |
独自のキーボードを設計しているわけではない限り、通常は上記の設定オプションを変更する必要はありません。
## `led_update_*()`
設定オプションが十分な柔軟性を提供しない場合は、提供される API フックにより LED の挙動の独自の制御ができます。これらの関数はこれら5つの LED のいずれかの状態が変化すると呼ばれます。LED の状態を構造体のパラメータとして受け取ります。
慣例により、`led_update_kb()` にそのコードを実行するようフックさせるために `led_update_user()` から `true` を返し、`led_update_kb()` でコードを実行したくない場合は `false` を返します。
以下はいくつかの例です:
- レイヤー表示のような何かのために LED を使うために LED を上書きする
- `_kb()` 関数を実行したくないので、`false` を返します。これはレイヤーの挙動を上書きするためです。
- LED がオンあるいはオフになった時に音楽を再生する。
- `_kb` 関数を実行したいので、`true` を返します。これはデフォルトの LED の挙動に追加されます。
?> `led_set_*` 関数は `bool` の代わりに `void` を返すため、キーボードの LED 制御を上書きすることができません。従って、代わりに `led_update_*` を使うことをお勧めします。
### `led_update_kb()` の実装例
```c
bool led_update_kb(led_t led_state) {
bool res = led_update_user(led_state);
if(res) {
// writePin は 1 でピンを high に、0 で low に設定します。
// この例では、ピンは反転していて、
// low/0 は LED がオンになり、high/1 は LED がオフになります。
// この挙動は、LED がピンと VCC の間にあるか、ピンと GND の間にあるかどうかに依存します。
writePin(B0, !led_state.num_lock);
writePin(B1, !led_state.caps_lock);
writePin(B2, !led_state.scroll_lock);
writePin(B3, !led_state.compose);
writePin(B4, !led_state.kana);
}
return res;
}
```
### `led_update_user()` の実装例
この不完全な例は Caps Lock がオンまたはオフになった場合に音を再生します。また LED の状態を保持する必要があるため、`true` を返します。
```c
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
float caps_on[][2] = SONG(CAPS_LOCK_ON_SOUND);
float caps_off[][2] = SONG(CAPS_LOCK_OFF_SOUND);
#endif
bool led_update_user(led_t led_state) {
#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
static uint8_t caps_state = 0;
if (caps_state != led_state.caps_lock) {
led_state.caps_lock ? PLAY_SONG(caps_on) : PLAY_SONG(caps_off);
caps_state = led_state.caps_lock;
}
#endif
return true;
}
```
### `led_update_*` 関数のドキュメント
* キーボード/リビジョン: `bool led_update_kb(led_t led_state)`
* キーマップ: `bool led_update_user(led_t led_state)`
## `host_keyboard_led_state()`
最後に受信した LED の状態を `led_t` として取得するためにこの関数を呼びます。これは、`led_update_*` の外部から、例えば [`matrix_scan_user()`](#matrix-scanning-code) の中で LED の状態を読み取るのに便利です。
## 物理的な LED の状態の設定
一部のキーボードの実装は、物理的な LED の状態を設定するための便利なメソッドを提供しています。
### Ergodox キーボード
Ergodox の実装は、個々の LED をオンあるいはオフにするために `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_on`/`off()` と、インデックスによってそれらをオンあるいはオフにするために `ergodox_right_led_on`/`off(uint8_t led)` を提供します。
さらに、LED の明度を指定することができます。全ての LED に同じ明度を指定するなら `ergodox_led_all_set(uint8_t n)` を使い、個別の LED の明度を指定するなら `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_set(uint8_t n)` を使い、LED のインデックスを指定して明度を指定するには `ergodox_right_led_set(uint8_t led, uint8_t n)` を使います。
Ergodox キーボードは、最低の明度として `LED_BRIGHTNESS_LO` を、最高の輝度(これはデフォルトです)として `LED_BRIGHTNESS_HI` も定義しています。

View File

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ I2C IS31FL3731 RGB コントローラを使ったアドレス指定可能な LED
| `ISSI_TIMEOUT` | (オプション) i2c メッセージを待つ時間 | 100 |
| `ISSI_PERSISTENCE` | (オプション) 失敗したメッセージをこの回数再試行する | 0 |
| `LED_DRIVER_COUNT` | (必須) LED ドライバ IC の数 | |
| `DRIVER_LED_TOTAL` | (必須) 全てのドライバの LED ライトの数 | |
| `LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT` | (必須) 全てのドライバの LED ライトの数 | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1` | (必須) 最初の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2` | (オプション) 2番目の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_3` | (オプション) 3番目の LED ドライバのアドレス | |
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ I2C IS31FL3731 RGB コントローラを使ったアドレス指定可能な LED
#define LED_DRIVER_COUNT 2
#define LED_DRIVER_1_LED_COUNT 25
#define LED_DRIVER_2_LED_COUNT 24
#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL LED_DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + LED_DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
#define LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT LED_DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + LED_DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
現在、2つのドライバのみがサポートされますが、4つの組み合わせ全てをサポートすることは簡単です。
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ I2C IS31FL3731 RGB コントローラを使ったアドレス指定可能な LED
....
}
ここで、`Cx_y` は[データシート](https://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf)およびヘッダファイル `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h` で定義されるマトリックス内の LED の位置です。`driver``config.h` で定義したドライバのインデックス(`0``1``2``3`のいずれか)です。
ここで、`Cx_y` は[データシート](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf)およびヘッダファイル `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h` で定義されるマトリックス内の LED の位置です。`driver``config.h` で定義したドライバのインデックス(`0``1``2``3`のいずれか)です。
## キーコード

View File

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
!> **セキュリティの注意**: マクロを使って、パスワード、クレジットカード番号、その他の機密情報のいずれも送信することが可能ですが、それは非常に悪い考えです。あなたのキーボードを手に入れた人は誰でもテキストエディタを開いてその情報にアクセスすることができます。
## `SEND_STRING()` と `process_record_user`
## 新しい方法: `SEND_STRING()` と `process_record_user`
単語またはフレーズを入力するキーが欲しい時があります。最も一般的な状況のために `SEND_STRING()` を提供しています。これは文字列(つまり、文字のシーケンス)を入力します。簡単にキーコードに変換することができる全ての ASCII 文字がサポートされています (例えば、`qmk 123\n\t`)。
@@ -267,15 +267,15 @@ SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
このマクロは `KC_LALT` を登録し、`KC_TAB` をタップして、1000ms 待ちます。キーが再度タップされると、別の `KC_TAB` が送信されます; タップが無い場合、`KC_LALT` が登録解除され、ウィンドウを切り替えることができます。
```c
bool is_alt_tab_active = false; // keymap.c の先頭付近にこれを追加します
uint16_t alt_tab_timer = 0; // すぐにそれらを使います
bool is_alt_tab_active = false; # keymap.c の先頭付近にこれを追加します
uint16_t alt_tab_timer = 0; # すぐにそれらを使います
enum custom_keycodes { // 素晴らしいキーコードを用意してください
enum custom_keycodes { # 素晴らしいキーコードを用意してください
ALT_TAB = SAFE_RANGE,
};
bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
switch (keycode) { // これはキーコードを利用したつまらない作業のほとんどを行います。
switch (keycode) { # これはキーコードを利用したつまらない作業のほとんどを行います。
case ALT_TAB:
if (record->event.pressed) {
if (!is_alt_tab_active) {
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
return true;
}
void matrix_scan_user(void) { // とても重要なタイマー
void matrix_scan_user(void) { # とても重要なタイマー
if (is_alt_tab_active) {
if (timer_elapsed(alt_tab_timer) > 1000) {
unregister_code(KC_LALT);
@@ -301,3 +301,104 @@ void matrix_scan_user(void) { // とても重要なタイマー
}
}
```
---
## **(非推奨)** 古い方法: `MACRO()` と `action_get_macro`
!> これは TMK から継承されており、更新されていません - 代わりに `SEND_STRING``process_record_user` を使うことをお勧めします。
デフォルトでは、QMK はマクロが無いことを前提としています。マクロを定義するには、`action_get_macro()` 関数を作成します。例えば:
```c
const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
if (record->event.pressed) {
switch(id) {
case 0:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
case 1:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
}
}
return MACRO_NONE;
};
```
これは割り当てられているキーが押された時に実行される2つのマクロを定義します。キーが放された時にそれらを実行したい場合は、if 文を変更することができます。
if (!record->event.pressed) {
### マクロコマンド
マクロは以下のコマンドを含めることができます:
* I() はストロークの間隔をミリ秒単位で変更します。
* D() はキーを押します。
* U() はキーを放します。
* T() はキーをタイプ(押して放す)します。
* W() は待ちます (ミリ秒)。
* END 終了マーク。
### マクロをキーにマッピングする
マクロを呼び出すにはキーマップ内で `M()` 関数を使います。例えば、2キーのキーボードのキーマップは以下の通りです:
```c
const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
[0] = LAYOUT(
M(0), M(1)
),
};
const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
if (record->event.pressed) {
switch(id) {
case 0:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
case 1:
return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
}
}
return MACRO_NONE;
};
```
左側のキーを押すと、"Hi!" を入力し、右側のキーを押すと "Bye!" を入力します。
### マクロに名前を付ける
キーマップを読みやすくしながらキーマップから参照したいマクロがたくさんある場合は、ファイルの先頭で `#define` を使って名前を付けることができます。
```c
#define M_HI M(0)
#define M_BYE M(1)
const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
[0] = LAYOUT(
M_HI, M_BYE
),
};
```
## 高度な例:
### 単一キーのコピーと貼り付け
この例は、押された時に `Ctrl-C` を送信し、放される時に `Ctrl-V` を送信するマクロを定義します。
```c
const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
switch(id) {
case 0: {
if (record->event.pressed) {
return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(C), U(LCTL), END );
} else {
return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(V), U(LCTL), END );
}
break;
}
}
return MACRO_NONE;
};
```

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More